THE SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA
.
Invitation To Bid
Project Name: Spanish River Community High School Fire Alarm
Replacement
Project No: 1681-9503
Bid Due Date: March 23, 2011
Bids to be submitted at:
School District of Palm Beach County
Construction Purchasing Department
3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 200
Riviera Beach, FL 33404
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA (Owner)
INVITATION TO BID AND AGREEMENT REQUIREMENTS
PROJECT NAME: SPANISH RIVER COMMUNITY HIGH SCHOOL FIRE ALARM REPLACEMENT
PROJECT NO: 1681-9503
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION AND SECTION
TITLE
PAGES
TITLE PAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 00003
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BID .................................................................. .1 - 2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .............................................................. .1 - 7
SECTION 00510
OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT ................................................ .1 - 4
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ...................................................... .1 - 40
SECTION 00850
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ...................................................... .1 - 16
ATTACHMENTS:
A BID SUMMARY FORM ....................................................................... 1 – 3
B FORM OF BID BOND
1
C M/WBE PARTICIPATION REQUIRED RESPONSE FORM
1
D DRUG FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
1
E PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES STATEMENT
1-2
F
1
LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS
G TRENCH SAFETY ACT ...................................................................... 1
PROJECT MANUAL
H STATEMENT OF NO BID
1
I
1
DIRECT MATERIAL PURCHASE PROGRAM
PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ATTACHED
SECTION 00003
ADVERTISEMENT FOR INVITATION TO BID
AN INVITATION TO BID FOR THIS PROJECT IS AVAILABLE ONLY TO VENDORS WHICH HAVE BEEN PREQUALIFIED BY THE SCHOOL BOARD OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA, PURSUANT TO SECTION
489.125, FLORIDA STATUTES, SREF 4.1(1) AND BOARD POLICY 7.08 PRIOR TO THE DATE OF BID
OPENING. THE DISTRICT MAY, AT ITS DISCRETION, DETERMINE THE VENDOR CLASSIFICATION OF
THE PREQUALIFIED VENDORS THAT WILL BE INVITED TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS INVITATION TO BID.
ALL PARTICIPATING PREQUALIFIED VENDORS MUST BE PREQUALIFIED TO PROVIDE A
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND IN THE AMOUNT OF THEIR TOTAL BID AMOUNT OTHERWISE
THEIR BID SHALL BE DECLARED NON-RESPONSIVE.
The School District of Palm Beach County, Florida, will receive sealed Bids for:
PROJECT NAME: SPANISH RIVER COMMUNITY HIGH SCHOOL FIRE ALARM REPLACEMENT
PROJECT NO: 1681-9503
LOCATION: 5100 Jog Rd., Boca Raton, FL 33496
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Furnish supervision, labor, equipment, machinery, tools, materials, transportation
and other services necessary to fully complete the replacement of the existing fire alarm system, including but not
limited, to all devices, wiring conduit, fire alarm control panels, terminal cabinets and duct smoke detectors. The
work shall incorporate all requirements set forth in the permitted design, District Master Specifications, Florida
Building Code, Florida Accessibility Code, NEC and AFPA requirements and all other applicable specifications.
Includes replacement of school interior signage.
CONSTRUCTION BUDGET: $650,000.00
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: NTP to 395 Days. Approximately June 2012.
FINAL COMPLETION: Substantial to Final 60 Days. Approximately August 2012.
PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE:
Publish Dates: February 14th, February 21th, and February 28th, 2011
Mandatory Site Inspection/Pre-Bid Meeting: Spanish River Community High School on March 7th, 2011 at
3:30pm.
This is a mandatory meeting. A prospective Bidder must attend this mandatory site
inspection/Pre-bid Meeting to be eligible to submit a Bid Package for this Project.
The Site Inspection/Pre-bid Meeting will be conducted at the following location: Spanish River
Community High School
Directions: I-95 to Yamato Rd. West to Jog Rd. School is at the intersection of Jog and Yamato Roads.
Final Questions Due:
Final Addendum Issued:
Bids Due:
March 10, 2011 not later than 2:00 PM
March 16, 2011
March 23, 2011 not later than 2:00 PM
All Bid Submittals shall be delivered on January 6, 2011 not later than 2:00 p.m. to:
Construction Purchasing
3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 209
Riviera Beach, Fl 33404
All Bids received at or prior to 2:00 p.m. will be publicly opened and tabulated. Any Bid received after
2:00 p.m. shall be returned unopened to the Bidder.
Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Guarantee which shall be in the form of either a Bid Bond or
Cashier’s Check in the amount of not less than $32,500.00
All Bidders must be licensed pursuant to Chapter 489 Florida Statutes. The successful Bidder will be
required to furnish a 100% Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond.
00003-1
The Invitation To Bid document and all additional project information published as part of the document
may be obtained at: www.BidSync.com
For General Inquiries contact:
Korinn Fox by email at Korinn.Fox@palmbeach.k12.fl.us or phone (561) 882-1951
Helen Stokes by email at Stokesh@palmbeach.k12.fl.us or phone (561) 882-1954
No Bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled closing for receipt of Bids for a period of sixty (60) days.
The Board or its designee reserves the right to waive minor technicalities and irregularities in all bids.
MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE) PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT:
The School Board of Palm Beach County is committed to affirmatively ensuring the award of
construction service contracts to District certified Minority/Women Business Enterprises. School Board
Policy 6.143 requires that the School District shall take all necessary, reasonable, and legal action to
prevent discrimination and to insure that all businesses, including M/WBE are afforded the maximum
equitable opportunity to participate in the District’s purchasing process. In accordance with this Policy,
the industry specific remedial program that is being applied to this Invitation To Bid is described in
Article 4, Section 00830.
A Contract Goal for certified African American M/WBE (as defined in Special Conditions, Article
4, Paragraph 4.2.4) subcontractor participation of 9% of the Bidder’s Total Bid amount has been
establish for this Project. M/WBE subcontractor participation is not required for any project
which is budgeted at $3,000,000.00 or less when the awarded Bidder is a certified African
American MWBE firm (as defined in Special Conditions, Article 4, Paragraph 4.2.4) with the
School District of Palm Beach County Florida Office of Diversity in Business Practices, or State
of Florida Office of Supplier Diversity. Graduation from the School District of Palm Beach County’s
M/WBE certification or denial of M/WBE certification by the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida
shall void certification by the State of Florida Office of Supplier Diversity or its successors. Subcontractors
that are suppliers, deliverymen, or third-tier vendors will not be counted in the calculation of the M/WBE
participation goal for this Project. There is no SBE subcontractor participation established for this project.
BID PREFERENCE: A Bid Preference of 5% has been established for this Project. This Bid Preference
will be applied to Bids submitted by firms meeting the requirements for MWBE and certified as African
American (as defined in Special Conditions, Article 4, Paragraph 4.2.4) by the School District of Palm
Beach County Office of Diversity in Business Practice (ODBP). Following the bid opening the ODBP will
verify each Bidder that meets these requirements. The contract will be awarded to the responsive,
responsible non-certified Bidder that submits the lowest Total Bid amount meeting the established
Contract Goal for M/WBE participation unless the Total Bid amount submitted by a Bidder that is certified
as a State of Florida or School District of Palm Beach County M/WBE does not exceed the lowest Total
Bid amount submitted by a non-certified Bidder by an amount greater than $50,000 or 5% of the noncertified Bidder’s Total Bid amount , whichever is less. In instances where the difference in a certified
M/WBE's Total Bid amount is greater than $50,000 or 5%, the lowest responsive, responsible noncertified Bidder will be awarded the contract and the Bid Preference shall be deemed waived.
BID PROTEST: If a Bidder wishes to protest a bid, it must do so in strict accordance with the
procedures and requirements outlined in Section 120.57(3), Florida Statutes, and the Uniform Rules of
Procedure, Chapter 28, Florida Administrative Code, respectively. Failure to file a notice of protest or
failure to file a formal written protest shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120,
Florida Statutes. See Invitation to Bid Document, Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders, Paragraph 13
for additional information.
THE SCHOOL BOARD OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: Frank A. Barbieri, Jr., Esq., Chairperson
ATTEST: Dr. Art Johnson, Superintendent
PUBLISH DATES: February 14th, 21th, and 28th 2011
The School District of Palm Beach County is an Equal Education Opportunity Provider and Employer.
http://www.PalmBeachSchools.org/Bids/purch/info/equity_coordinators.pdf
00003-2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.
DEFINITIONS
1.1
All definitions set forth in the “General and Special Conditions” of the Invitation To Bid are
applicable to these “Instructions to Bidders.”
1.2
Contract Documents shall be as defined in Article 1, Section 00700, titled, “Contract Documents”.
2.
BIDDER’S REPRESENTATION
2.1
Bidders, by virtue of bidding, represent they have read, understand and accept the terms and
conditions of the Invitation To Bid Documents.
2.2
Bidders, by virtue of bidding, represent they attended the mandatory site visit and familiarized
themselves with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed.
3.
BIDDING PROCEDURES
3.1
A Bid Submittal (Bid) shall be prepared using the forms contained in this Invitation To Bid and
submitted in accordance with the “Instructions to Bidders.”
3.2
A Bid is invalid if it has not been deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date
for receipt of Bids indicated in the “Advertisement for Invitation To Bid,” or prior to any extension
issued to the Bidders.
3.3
Unless otherwise provided in any supplement to these “Instructions to Bidders,” no Bidder shall
modify, withdraw or cancel their Bid or any part thereof for sixty (60) days after the time
designated for the receipt of Bids in the “Advertisement for Invitation To Bid” or prior to any
extension issued to the Bidders.
3.4
Prior to the receipt of Bids, an Addendum(a) will be mailed or delivered to each Contractor
recorded by the Owner as having received the Invitation To Bid document and will be available
for inspection wherever the Invitation To Bid documents are available for Bid purposes.
3.5
PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BID SUMMARY FORM:
(a) Bidder(s) shall use the Bid Summary Form included in this Invitation To Bid, indicate prices
in the spaces provided for the Work and for the alternates, if applicable. Any erasures or other
corrections to the Bid Summary must be explained or noted over the signature of the Bidder. A
Bid Summary Form containing any conditions, omissions, unexplained erasures, alternates,
items not called for or irregularities of any kind may be rejected by the Owner.
(b) The Bid Summary Form shall specify a price written in ink in both words and figures, for
each of the separate items, as called for, except when the bid is on a lump sum basis. Lump
sum bids shall be shown in both words and figures; where there is a variation between the
written amount and the figures, the lesser amount shall be taken as the Price for that Item or
Total Bid as benefits the Owner.
(c) Bidder(s) shall provide their full business name, and shall state they are an individual,
corporation, partnership or other such entity. A Bid submitted by a corporation must be signed
with the legal name and seal of the corporation followed by the name of the state of its
incorporation and by the manual signature and designation of an officer, owner, or other
person, authorized to bind the corporation. A Bid submitted by a partnership shall show the
00100-1
names of all partners and must be signed in the partnership’s name by one (1) of the partners
or by an authorized representative. In either case, the partnership signature shall be followed
by the manual signature and designation of the person signing.
(d) In every case, the name of the person signing, and their designation, shall be typed or
printed below their signature. A Bid by a person who affixes to a signature the word,
“President”, “Secretary”, “Owner” or other designation without disclosing the principal may be
held to be the Bid of the individual so signing. Satisfactory evidence of the authority of an
officer, owner, attorney, or other person signing for a corporation and for an owner, attorney, or
other signing for a partnership or an individual shall be furnished.
(e) The Bid Submittal (Bid) shall contain the following documents otherwise the Bid shall be
deemed non-responsive:
1. Fully executed and manually signed Bid Summary (Attachment A)
2. Bid Guarantee- Bid Bond (Attachment B) or otherwise acceptable Bid Guarantee (see
Paragraph 3.8)
3. Fully executed M/WBE Subcontractor Participation Required Response Form
(Attachment C)
4. Drug Free Workplace Certificate (Attachment D)
5. Public Entity Crime Certification (Attachment E)
6. Copy of current License issued by the Florida Department of Business and Professional
Regulations (Pursuant to FS 1013.46(2)
7. List of Major Subcontractors (Attachment F)
8. Trench Safety Compliance Statement, if applicable (Attachment G)
Omission of any of these documents shall be cause for the Bid to be declared non-responsive.
The Bid documents shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be marked:
Project Name: Spanish River Community High School Fire Alarm Replacement
Project Number: 1681-9503
Bid Due Date: March 23,2011
3.6
Bid Modifications shall be accepted from Bidder(s) if addressed to the Owner, at the place
where Bids are to be received, and if received prior to the opening of Bids. Modifications must
be in writing and must be signed. The requirements set forth in paragraph 3.5 pertaining to a
signature on Bid(s) shall be applicable to the signatures on Bid modification(s).
3.7
Bid(s) may be withdrawn on written request received from Bidder(s) prior to the time fixed for
opening of the Bid. Such request shall be properly signed in accordance with the requirements
pertaining to signatures contained in paragraph 3.5. Negligence on the part of the Bidder in
preparing the Bid allows no right for withdrawal of the Bid after it has been opened.
3.8
All Bids shall be guaranteed by either a Bid Bond, utilizing the Bid Bond form (Attachment B),
executed by a surety company properly licensed and qualified as specified in Section 00700,
Article 12 of the General Conditions, cashier’s check or other form of guarantee acceptable to
the Owner. The Bid Guarantee shall be in an amount not less than $32,500.00 and payable to
the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida. A personal check or company check of a
Bidder shall not be deemed a valid bid guarantee. In the case where a Bid Bond is utilized as a
Bid Guarantee, a certified copy of the Power of Attorney of the bonding company must be
attached to the Bid Bond. The Bid Guarantee of the successful Bidder shall be forfeited to The
School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for
the cost and expense incurred should said Bidder fail to provide the required Performance
and Payment Bond and Insurance Certificate or fail to comply with any other requirements
set forth herein. The Bid Guarantee of the unsuccessful Bidders will be returned after approval
of the award and execution of the Agreement.
00100-2
3.9
Bids shall be opened publicly at the time and place stated in the advertisement. The officer
whose duty it is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived and no Bid(s)
received thereafter will be considered. No responsibility will be attached to any officer for the
premature opening of a Bid not properly addressed and identified.
3.10
Prior to acceptance and approval of the Bid, the Owner shall approve all Major Subcontractors
and these Major Subcontractors shall not be changed without written permission of the Owner.
The apparent low Bidder shall submit the “List of Major Subcontractors”, Attachment F,
completed in full to the Owner and these Major Subcontractors shall not be changed without
written permission of the Owner and Architect. Failure to submit these lists within the time
period specified herein shall result in a non-responsive Bid.
3.11
The Bidder is assumed to be familiar with all Federal, State and Local Laws, School Board
Policies, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations, that in any manner affect the Work. Public
Contracting and Purchasing Process, Section 287.132-.133 Florida Statutes (Public Entity
Crimes) is applicable. Ignorance on the part of the Bidder will in no way relieve them from
responsibility.
4.
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4.1
Bidder shall examine the Invitation To Bid Documents carefully and, not later than the date
established by the Owner for final receipt of questions, shall make written request to the
Architect for interpretation or correction of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error therein which
they may discover. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an Addendum by the
Architect. Only a written interpretation or correction by Addendum shall be binding. No Bidder
shall rely upon any interpretation or correction given by any other method. An Addendum shall
be issued for a project a minimum of four (4) Owner days prior to the bid opening date.
5.
SUBSTITUTIONS
5.1
Except as provided below, Bidder(s) represents that the Bid is based upon the materials and
equipment described in the Invitation To Bid documents.
5.2
No substitution for other material and equipment will be considered unless written request has
been submitted to the Architect for approval at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date
for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include a complete description of the proposed
substitute, the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings,
cuts, performance and test data and any other data or information necessary for a complete
evaluation.
5.3
If the Architect approves any proposed substitution, such approval will be set forth in an
Addendum and will be given to all Bidders in writing.
5.4
If any Bidder(s) is unable to procure written approval of any substitution from the Architect prior
to the opening of Bids, then they shall base their Bid Summary Form on the exact item(s)
specified.
5.5
Requests for any substitutions not submitted in accordance with the above instructions shall be
denied by the Architect.
6.
REJECTION OF BID SUBMITTAL
6.1
The Bidder(s) acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject any or all Bid Submittals and to
waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid Submittal received. In addition, the Bidder
recognizes the right of the Owner to reject a Bid Submittal if the Bidder failed to furnish any
required Bid Guarantee, or to submit the data required by the Bidding Documents, or if the Bid
00100-3
Submittal is in any way incomplete or irregular; to reject the Submittal of a Bidder who is not
in a position to perform the Contract; and to re-advertise for other or further Bid Submittals or
to accept the next responsive and responsible low Bid Submittal.
7.
SUBMISSION OF POST-BID INFORMATION
7.1
The awarded Bidder shall submit the following items in proper form for approval by the Owner
prior to issuance of the Notice To Proceed:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Palm Beach County Certificate of Competency of all Subcontractors.
Proof of a current and active Certificate of Authority issued by the Department of
State authorizing the Bidder to conduct business in the State of Florida.
List of Subcontractors
Fully executed and signed Minority/Woman Business Enterprise Subcontractor
Participation Letter of Intent (Form PBSD 1525)
Evidence of acceptable certification for each M/WBE subcontractor (as defined in
Section 00850, Article 4, Par. 4.1.1.4) to be utilized to meet the established
Contract Goal for MWBE participation.
Evidence of insurance coverage as specified in Article 11, General Conditions.
Resume of Contractor’s Construction Superintendent and, if requested by the
Owner, the Assistant Superintendent engaged by the Contractor for the Work.
A Preliminary Construction (CPM) Schedule
A letter certifying the percentage (%) of the Work, if any, to be performed by the
Contractor.
List of Toxic Substances per Section 442.103, Florida Statutes (Section 00850,
Article 1).
Proposed Roofing Manufacturing Warranty (if applicable).
The items specified in Paragraph 7.2 and 7.3
7.2
The successful Bidder shall, within ten (10) Owner business days after notification of Award,
submit the fully executed Owner-Contractor Agreement- two (2) originals are required.
7.3
The successful Bidder shall within fourteen (14) days after receiving the fully executed OwnerContractor Agreement obtain and furnish the Owner for approval the Bonds required by the
Contract Documents, which shall be procured from Agents authorized to do business in the
State of Florida and in such form and amounts acceptable to the Owner.
NOTE: The Bonds shall be recorded in the Legal Records Department of Palm Beach
County, Florida. Proof of recordation must be submitted to the Construction Purchasing
Department, as well as one (1) set of originals will be required.
If, at any time, the Owner shall deem the surety or sureties to be unsatisfactory or if a bond is
deemed inadequate by the Owner, the Contractor shall, at no expense to the Owner and
within five (5) days after receipt of written notice by the Owner, furnish an additional bond or
bonds in such form and amount and with a surety acceptable to the Owner. The failure of the
Contractor to furnish such bonds in a timely manner shall not delay the commencement of the
Contract time nor shall be a cause for an extension of the Contract time however, no Work
shall proceed prior to such approval and issuance of a Notice to Proceed.
7.4
Prior to the award of the Bid, the Bidder shall be required to establish to the satisfaction of the
Architect and the Owner, the reliability and responsibility of the proposed subcontractors to
furnish and perform the Work described in the sections of the specifications pertaining to such
proposed subcontractor’s respective trades. The Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if
either the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable and substantial
objection to any person or organization on such list. If the Owner or Architect has a
reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such list, and refuses in
00100-4
writing to accept such person or organization the Bidder may, at their option, withdraw the bid
without forfeiture of the Bid Guarantee, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 00100, Paragraph 3.8. If the Bidder submits an acceptable substitute with an increase
in the Bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, the Owner
may disqualify the Bidder unless the Bidder agrees to, in writing, no increase in the Total Bid
amount. Subcontractors and other persons and organizations proposed by the Bidder and
accepted by the Owner and the Architect must be used on the Work for which they were
proposed and accepted and shall not be changed except with the written approval of the
Architect and Owner.
8.
PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
8.1
The successful Bidder shall be required to furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and
Material
Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract
amount as set forth in the project advertisement.
8.2
All required premiums shall be paid for by the successful Bidder and the amount of the
premium shall be included in the Base Bid price of the Bid Summary Form.
8.3
The Notice To Proceed shall not be issued until these bonds have been received in proper
form. Any delay in providing these bonds to the Owner shall not be cause for an extension of
contract time to achieve Substantial Completion.
9.
TIME
9.1
Time of completion is of the essence and a Bidder may be deemed non-responsive if the time
offered is excessive.
10.
DETERMINATION OF BID
10.1
The method of determining the lowest Bid Submittal from a Bidder shall be the Total Bid
amount(s) listed on the Bid Summary, which are accepted by the Owner. Alternates, if
applicable, may be considered for acceptance by the Owner in its sole and unfettered
discretion.
11.
BID PREFERENCE
11.1 A Bid Preference of 5% has been established for this Project. This Bid Preference will be
applied to Bids submitted by firms meeting the requirements for MWBE and certified as African
American (as defined in Special Conditions, Article 4, Paragraph 4.1.1.4) by the School District of
Palm Beach County Office of Diversity in Business Practice (ODBP). Following the bid opening the
ODBP will verify each Bidder that meets these requirements. The contract will be awarded to the
responsive, responsible non-certified Bidder that submits the lowest Total Bid amount meeting the
established Contract Goal for M/WBE participation unless the Total Bid amount submitted by a
Bidder that is certified as a State of Florida or School District of Palm Beach County M/WBE does
not exceed the lowest Total Bid amount submitted by a non-certified Bidder by an amount greater
than $50,000 or 5% of the non-certified Bidder’s Total Bid amount , whichever is less. In instances
where the difference in a certified M/WBE's Total Bid amount is greater than $50,000 or 5%, the
lowest responsive, responsible non-certified Bidder will be awarded the contract and the Bid
Preference shall be deemed waived.
In the best interest of the District, the Board, or their designee, reserves the right to reject any and
all bids and to waive any irregularity in bids received. In the event the original awardee cannot fulfill
the obligations of their bid, the Board, or their designee, reserves the right to award the Project to
the next lowest responsive, responsible bidder. The next lowest bidder’s price must remain the
same as originally bid and must remain firm for the duration of the contract. Award of the Project
made as a result of this bid shall conform to Board Policy.
00100-5
12.
IDENTICAL TIE BIDS
12.1
A specified in Section 287.087, Florida Statutes, tie bid preference shall be awarded to Bidders
with Drug Free Workplace Programs. Whenever two or more Bidders are equal with regard to
price, quality, and service a Bidder that certifies that it has implemented a Drug Free Workplace
Program shall be given preference in the award process. In the event two or more bidders
submit Drug Free Workplace Certifications preference shall be awarded in the following order:
1. a M/WBE firm certified with the School District
2. a SBE firm certified with the School District.
If the Bidders meet all three, the Director or Manager of the Construction Purchasing
Department will flip a coin to break the tie. The Bidder’s company name closest to the letter “A”
will always be assigned heads in the coin toss.
13.
BID PROTEST PROCEDURES
13.1
“The Advertisement for Bid and The Invitation To Bid Documents” will be available for review
in the office of Construction Purchasing at the time of the solicitation to Contractors. Any
person who is affected adversely with respect to the Invitation To Bid Documents shall file a
notice of protest in writing within seventy-two (72) hours after the receipt of the Invitation To
Bid Documents, and SHALL FILE A FORMAL WRITTEN PROTEST WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE THEY FILED THE NOTICE OF PROTEST. Failure to file a notice of
protest or failure to file a formal written protest shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under
Chapter 120, Florida Statutes.
All Notices of Protest and Formal Written Protests shall be submitted to:
Sharon Swan, Director of Purchasing
3300 Forest Hill Blvd., Suite A323
West Palm Beach, FL 33406.
13.2
The Owner shall provide notice of its decision or intended decision concerning an Invitation
To Bid Solicitation or an Award as follows:
Notice of a decision or intended decision shall be given either by posting the Bid Tabulation at
the Construction Purchasing Department, 3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 209, Riviera
Beach, Florida, 33404, or on the website: www:palmbeach.k12.fl.us/bids/construction.
“Failure to file a protest within the time prescribed in 120.57(5)(b), Florida Statutes, shall
constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes.”
Any person who is affected adversely by the Owner decision or intended decision shall file
with the Owner a notice of protest in writing within seventy-two (72) hours after the posting of
the Bid Tabulation or after receipt of the notice of the Owner decision or intended decision,
and SHALL FILE A FORMAL WRITTEN PROTEST WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE
DATE THEY FILED THE NOTICE OF PROTEST. Failure to file a notice of protest or failure
to file a formal written protest shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120,
Florida Statutes. The Bid Tabulation with recommended award will be posted for review by
interested parties in the Construction Purchasing Department and will remain posted for a
period of 72 hours.
13.3
In accordance with Section 255.0516, Florida Statutes, “Bid Protests by Educational Boards”,
with respect to state contracts and bids, pursuant to competitive bidding, whether under
Chapter 235, Florida Statutes, relating to educational facilities, or under this chapter, relating
to public buildings, if a school board, a community college board of trustees, or the Board of
Regents uses procedures pursuant to Chapter 120, Florida Statutes for bid protests, the
board will require the protestor to post a bond at the time of filing the written protest
amounting to:
00100-6
(1) Twenty-five thousand dollars or 2 percent of the lowest accepted bid, whichever is
greater, for projects valued over $500,000; and
(2) Five percent of the lowest accepted bid for all other projects.
Note: Use of the budget amount in lieu of the lowest acceptable bid will be used for
determining the amount of security for protest of the Invitation to Bid documents.
13.4
The bond shall be conditioned upon the payment of all costs that may be adjudged against
the protester in the administrative hearing in which the action is brought and in any
subsequent appellate court proceeding. In lieu of a bond, a cashier’s check, certified bank
check, bank certified company check or money order will be acceptable form of security.
Failure to file a notice of protest or failure to file a formal written protest or to post the bond or
other security required within the time prescribed in 120.57 (5) (b) Florida Statutes, shall
constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes
13.5
Upon receipt of a Notice of Bid Protest which has been timely filed, the Owner shall stop the
Bid Solicitation process or the Award process until the subject of the protest is resolved by
final Owner action, unless the Owner sets forth in writing particular facts and circumstances
which require the continuance of the Invitation To Bid Solicitation process or the Contract
Award process without delay in order to avoid an immediate and serious danger to the public
health, safety, or welfare.
13.6
The Owner, on its own initiative or upon the request of a protestor, shall provide an
opportunity to resolve the protest by mutual agreement between the parties within seven (7)
days of receipt of a formal written protest.
13.7
If the subject of a protest is not resolved by mutual agreement within seven (7) days of receipt
of the formal written protest and if there is no disputed issue of material fact, an informal
proceeding shall be conducted pursuant to Section 120.57(2), Florida Statutes. If the hearing
is not requested in the Notice of Bid Protest, it shall be waived. The informal hearing shall be
conducted in the presence of the Director of Purchasing, as the Superintendent’s designee,
the legal staff, and any other witnesses deemed appropriate. The protesting party may be
present with assistance of counsel and any witnesses they deem appropriate, however,
failure to have counsel or witnesses present shall not invalidate the hearing.
END OF SECTION
00100-7
SECTION 00510
OWNER - CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT
This OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT made this day of
BETWEEN THE OWNER:
2011.
THE SCHOOL BOARD OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA,
a body corporate, here and after referred to as “Owner”
AND THE CONTRACTOR:
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
ARTICLE I
THE AGREEMENT DOCUMENTS
The Agreement Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the completed Bid
Summary Form submitted by the Bidder, the Permitted Design Documents, District Master
Specifications, the Project Manual, all Addenda issued prior to Bid Opening and all modifications
issued thereafter and the Invitation to Bid Documents, including but not limited to the General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Special Conditions, are all hereby incorporated by
reference.
By executing this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that Contractor has received all of the
above referenced Contract Documents, has read, understands and agrees to all of the terms and
conditions set forth in those documents.
ARTICLE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for:
PROJECT NAME: Spanish River Community High School Fire Alarm Replacement
PROJECT NUMBER: 1681-9503
SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for: Furnishing
supervision, labor, equipment, machinery, tools, materials, transportation and other services
necessary to fully complete the replacement of the existing fire alarm system, including but not
limited, to all devices, wiring conduit, fire alarm control panels, terminal cabinets and duct smoke
detectors. The work shall incorporate all requirements set forth in the permitted design, District
Master Specifications, Florida Building Code, Florida Accessibility Code, NEC and AFPA
requirements and all other applicable specifications. New school interior signage to be included in
Bid Price. School will be renumbered for compliance with Florida Inventory of School Houses
(FISH). Plan sheets and spreadsheet to be issued prior to completion of the first building on the
schedule. Include in Total Bid Price a Not to Exceed quantity of 725 signs. All existing room
signage is to be removed. New signs to be installed per Building/ADA Codes. Patching and
touchup painting to match, by contractor for any signs that do not completely cover the prior
location. Electrical panel schedules to be rewritten and installed to match new FISH numbering,
as well as the PA system reprogrammed to match FISH. All of this work is to be included in the
Total Bid Price.
00510-1
ARTICLE 3
AGREEMENT TIME COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION
The Agreement time shall commence upon issuance of the Construction Notice To Proceed and the
Work shall be substantially completed June 2012 (395 days after NTP). All Work and requirements of
the contract documents shall be fully and finally completed August 2012 (455 days after NTP)
following the date specified on the Notice To Proceed for substantial completion. No Work shall be
commenced until the Contractor has furnished the Owner the Performance and Payment Bonds,
Insurance Certificates and other documents required by the General and Special Conditions. Time is of
the essence of this Agreement.
Failure to complete the Project within the time fixed in this Agreement will result in substantial injury to
the Owner, and as damages arising from such failure cannot be calculated with any degree of certainty,
it is hereby agreed that if the Project is not substantially completed, according to the definition of
“Substantial Completion” in Subparagraph 8.1.2 of the General Conditions, within the time fixed or
within such further time, if any, as may be authorized in accordance with the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall pay to the Owner as Liquidated Damages for such delay, and not as a penalty, Two
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) for each and every calendar day elapsing between the date
fixed for Substantial Completion and the date such Substantial Completion shall have been fully
accomplished. It is also hereby agreed that, if after Substantial Completion this Project is not fully and
finally completed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
pay to the Owner as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty for such delay, Five Hundred Dollars
($500) per day. These Liquidated Damages shall be payable in addition to any additional expenses or
costs payable by the Contractor to the Owner under the provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
not exclude the recovery of damages by the Owner under the Contract Documents, other than for delay
damages suffered by the Owner.
This provision of Liquidated Damages for delay shall in no manner affect the Owner’s right to terminate
the Contract. The Owner’s exercise of the right to terminate shall not release the Contractor from their
obligation to pay Liquidated Damages. It is further agreed that the Owner may at any time deduct from
the balance of the Contract Sum held by the Owner the Liquidated Damages stipulated herein or such
portions as said balance will cover.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, in no event shall Contractor commence work until the
Contractor has received a Notice to Proceed from Owner.
ARTICLE 4
AGREEMENT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the completion of the Work in accordance with all
requirements of the Agreement Documents subject to additions and deductions by Change Order
as provided by the Agreement documents, the Contract sum of:
This amount represents the lump sum amount that the owner will pay the Contractor to complete the Scope
of Work.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Terms used in this Owner-Contractor Agreement which are defined in the General and Special
Conditions of the Agreement for Construction shall have the meanings designated in those
Conditions.
00510-2
The Agreement Documents, which constitute the entire Agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor, are as listed in Article 1 of this Agreement.
The Contractor represents that the Contractor, subcontractors, and material and equipment
suppliers have compared the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, civil and
site drawings and specifications and have compared and reviewed all general and specific details
on the drawings and that all patent conflicts, discrepancies, errors and omissions have been
either corrected or clarified prior to execution of this Agreement.
The Contractor represents that the contract sum represents the total costs for complete and
functional systems and therefore, the Contractor’s review and comparison of all drawings has
taken into consideration the total and complete functioning of all systems.
The use of the facility by the Owner prior to the Work being fully performed or paid for does not
constitute a waiver by the Owner to demand strict compliance with the terms and provisions of
the Agreement Documents.
Prior to beginning the Work, the Contractor shall obtain and furnish the Owner the Bonds and
Insurance Policies and other such requirements as are required by the Agreement Documents,
which shall be procured from Agents authorized to do business in the State of Florida and in such
form and amounts acceptable to the Owner. If at any time the Owner shall deem the surety or
sureties to be unsatisfactory or if a bond is deemed inadequate by the Owner, the Contractor
shall, at no expense to the Owner and within five (5) days after receipt of written notice by the
Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with a surety
acceptable to the Owner. The failure of the Contractor to furnish such bonds and insurance
policies in a timely manner shall not delay the commencement of the Agreement time nor shall be
a cause for an extension of the Agreement time and shall fully comply with project plans and
specifications.
The School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida encourages Contractors and Subcontractors to
hire employees who are educated and skilled in their respective trades so as to ensure quality
workmanship in connection with the project. Such workmanship and quality should be of the
highest standards in the industry or trade in which the Contractor, Subcontractor, and employee
are employed.
This Agreement may be terminated, without cause, by the Owner pursuant to Article 15.3 of the
General Conditions of the Agreement.
This Agreement shall not be construed against the party who has drafted the same. Both parties
to this Agreement have had experts of their choosing review the same.
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
Should any litigation result from this Agreement; venue shall lie in Palm Beach County, Florida.
This Agreement is binding on the parties hereto their successors and/or assigns.
If any provisions of this Agreement is deemed unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
then said provision shall be deemed stricken from said Agreement as if it never existed; however,
all other terms and conditions shall remain enforceable and all other provisions in accordance
with this Agreement.
In addition to the indemnification provision set forth in Article 4.18 of the General Conditions, the
indemnification requirements shall extend to and through any and all proceedings.
00510-3
This Agreement is personal to the parties hereto and may not be assigned by Contractor without
the prior written consent of the School Board.
All non-instructional contractors (which includes, but is not limited to all employees of the
Contractor and all of its subcontractors, vendors, individuals, other entities, etc.) under agreement
with the School Board (or who receives remuneration for services performed for the School
District or a school) who are permitted access on school grounds when students are present, who
have direct contact with students or who have access to or control of school funds must undergo
level 2 screening. Level 2 screening consists of fingerprinting and a background check, as set
forth in Section 1012.32, Florida Statutes. All contractual personnel agree to undergo a
background check and fingerprinting if he/she is an individual who meets any of the above
conditions and to require that all employees and subcontractors of the organization who meet any
of the above conditions submit to a background check, including fingerprinting by the School
Board’s Police Department, at the sole cost of the Contractor. Agreement personnel shall not
begin providing services contemplated by the Agreement until he or she receives notice of
clearance by the School Board. Neither the School Board, nor its members, officers, employees,
nor agents, shall be liable under any legal theory for any claim whatsoever for the rejection of the
Contractor (or discontinuation of their services) on the basis of these compliance obligations.
Contractor agrees that neither he, nor any employee, agent nor representative of the Contractor,
or he who may have been convicted or who is currently under investigation for a crime delineated
in Section 435.04, Florida Statutes, will be employed in the performance of this Agreement. All
exceptions to certain fingerprinting and criminal history checks pursuant to Section 1012.468,
Florida Statutes (2007) shall apply.
00510-4
This Owner-Contractor Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
PROJECT NAME: Spanish River Community
High School Fire Alarm Replacement
THE SCHOOL BOARD OF
OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA
PROJECT NUMBER: 1681-9503
BY: ______________________________
Joseph M. Moore, Chief Operating Officer
By: ________________________________
(Signature)
__________________________
________________________________
(Name-printed)
Title: _____________________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGAL
SUFFICIENCY:
Date: _____________________________
________________________________
School Board Attorney
Attest: ____________________________
Date:____________________________
Title: _____________________________
Date: _____________________________
(CORPORATE SEAL)
END OF SECTION
00510- 4
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA
INDEX
ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 Definitions
1.1.1 The Contract Documents
1.1.2 The Contract
1.1.3 The Work
1.1.4 The Project
1.1.5 The Drawings
1.1.6 The Specifications
1.1.7 The Project Manual
1.2 Execution, Correlation, Intent and Interpretations
1.3 Ownership and Use of Documents
ARTICLE 2 – ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1 Administration of the Contract
ARTICLE 3 - OWNER
3.1 Definition
3.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner
3.3 Owner's Right To Stop The Work
3.4 Owner's Right To Carry Out the Work
3.5 Owner’s Representative
3.6 Declaration of Default
ARTICLE 4 – CONTRACTOR
4.1 Definition
4.2 Review of Contract Documents
4.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures
4.4 Labor and Materials
4.5 Warranty
4.6 Taxes
4.7 Permits, Fees and Notices
4.8 Superintendent
4.9 Construction Schedule
4.10 Documents and Samples at the Site
4.11 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
4.12 Use of the Site
4.13 Cutting and Patching of Work
4.14 Cleaning Up
4.15 Access to Work
4.16 Communications
4.17 Royalties and Patents
4.18 Indemnification
4.19 Completeness of Proposal
00700-1
ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 Definition
5.2 Award of Subcontracts and other Contracts for Portions of the Work
5.3 Subcontractor Relations
ARTICLE 6 - WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 Owner's Right To Perform Work and To Award Separate Contracts
6.2 Mutual Responsibility
6.3 Owner's Right To Clean Up
ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Governing Law
7.2 Successors and Assigns
7.3 Written Notice
7.4 Claims for Damages
7.5 Rights and Remedies
7.6 Tests
7.7 Inspection Procedures
7.8 Arbitration
7.9 School Board Meetings
7.10 Pre-Construction and Contract Administration Meetings
7.11 Construction Water
7.12 Temporary Facilities
7.13 Construction Electricity and Lighting
7.14 Use of Owner's Facilities
7.15 Repairs
7.16 Maintaining Utilities
7.17 Layout of Work
7.18 Protection of Property During Manufacture and Installation
7.19 Unauthorized Aliens
7.20 Possession of Firearms
7.21 Criminal Acts
7.22 Allowances
7.23 Waste Reduction Strategies
7.24 District Purchased Materials
ARTICLE 8 - TIME
8.1 Definition
8.2 Progress and Completion
8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time
8.4 Liquidated Damages
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENT AND COMPLETION
9.1 Contract Sum
9.2 Schedule of Values
9.3 Application for Payment
9.4 Certificate for Payment
9.5 Progress Payments
9.6 Payments Withheld
9.7 Failure of Payment
9.8 Substantial Completion
9.9 Final Completion and Final Payment
9.10 Written Guarantee
9.11 Data Furnished by the Contractor
00700-2
ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs
10.2 Safety of Persons and Property
10.3 Emergencies
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE
11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance
11.2 Builder’s Risk Insurance
11.3 Installation Floater
ARTICLE 12- PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
12.1 Bond Requirements
12.2 Time of Delivery
ARTICLE 13 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
13.1 Change Orders
13.2 Construction Change Directives
13.3 Concealed Conditions
13.4 Claims for Additional Cost
13.5 Minor Changes in the Work
ARTICLE 14 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
14.1 Uncovering of Work
14.2 Correction of Work
14.3 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work
ARTICLE 15 - TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
15.1 Termination by the Contractor
15.2 Termination by the Owner
ARTICLE 16 - EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
16.1 Mandatory Nondiscrimination Contract Clause
16.2 Commercial Nondiscrimination
16.3 Contractor Bid Requirements
16.4 Contract Disclosure Requirements
00700-3
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1
DEFINITIONS
1.1.1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the
Contract, General, Supplementary and other Conditions, the Drawings, the Project Manual, and
all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change
Order, (3) a Constructive Change Directive, (4) a written interpretation issued by the Owner
pursuant to paragraph 2.1.8 herein, (5) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by
the Owner. The Contract Documents also include Invitation To Bid Documents, including but not
limited to, the Advertisement for Request For Proposals, the Instructions to Proposers, Forms, the
Proposal or portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or any other documents, unless
specifically enumerated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
Contract Documents shall also include the items specified in Section 00100, Paragraphs 7.1, 7.2,
and 7.3 of the Invitation To Bid.
In the event of a conflict between the language contained in Division 1 (General Requirements) of
the Project Manual and any other portion of the Contract Documents, then the language
contained in Division 1 of the Project Manual shall prevail.
1.1.2
THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Contractor. This Contract represents the entire
and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations,
representations or agreements either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified
only by a modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. The Owner shall be entitled to
performance of obligations intended for his benefit and to enforcement thereof. Nothing
contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between the
Owner and any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor.
1.1.3
THE WORK
The term "Work" means the services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or
partially completed and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to
be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the
whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4
THE PROJECT
The Project is the total Work performed under the Contract Documents.
1.1.5
THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located
and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, they generally
include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. The Owner reserves the
exclusive right of refusal or acceptance as they are developed for the project.
1.1.6
THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written
requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship and
performance related services for the Work. Unless otherwise provided, all Specifications in effect
on the date of Contract Award shall be utilized for completion of the Work.
00700-4
1.1.7
THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which includes the Material
Specifications and Design Documents.
1.2
EXECUTION, CORRELATION, INTENT AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.2.1 The Owner-Contractor Agreement shall be executed in not less than triplicate by the
Owner and Contractor.
1.2.2 By executing the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Contractor represents that he has
visited the Site, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be
performed and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2.2.1 Contractor also acknowledges he has familiarized himself with all pertinent local
conditions including but not limited to the local labor market, utilities and other governmental
regulations relating to the job site.
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work. Contract Documents are complimentary, and what is
required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Contract
Documents will not be required unless it is consistent therewith and is reasonably inferable
therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words and abbreviations which
have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
1.2.3.1 The Contractor represents and warrants that they have the requisite skill and experience
to design and build the project and represents and warrants that the drawings and specifications
will be complete and constructible, without change, and that all drawings have been coordinated
with each other to ensure proper and sufficient space for installation of equipment and complete
operation of all systems.
1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and the
arrangement of drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
1.3
OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 Contractor represents that it has the exclusive right, title, and interest in and to the
drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor Team for this Project
(“Materials”) and the exclusive right to provide and/or license the Materials. Contractor further
represents that if the Materials are the subject of a patent, copyright, service mark, or trademark
registration, Contractor holds the sole and exclusive rights under such applicable registrations in
and to the Materials. Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner from and
against any and all claims made by and any third party, including costs in connection with the
defense thereof, resulting from any alleged patent, trademark, service mark, or copyright
infringement by Owner’s use of the materials in accordance with this Agreement.
1.3.2 Contractor hereby grants to Owner and Owner hereby accepts from Contractor, the nonexclusive irrevocable right, perpetual license, and privilege to use and re-use within Palm Beach
County, at no additional cost to the Owner, all or any portion of the drawings, specifications and
other documents prepared by the Contractor for this Project.
1.3.3 Contractor, as a material matter and inducement to the entry of this contract, and in
consideration for the payment specified herein, acknowledges, assigns, and grants to Owner an
exclusive, irrevocable, and perpetual right and license to use or re-use existing plans, drawings,
specification, and other materials or instruments of service prepared by Contractor or its subconsultants on an existing or prior project for use By the Owner or re-use in accordance with
Section 287.055(10) Florida Statutes, and such use or re-use shall not be considered
procurement of professional services for a project or a specific project contract award.
00700-5
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1.1 The School Board designee will provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter
described.
2.1.2 The Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded through the School Board
appointed designee. The School Board designee will have authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by
written instrument.
2.1.3 The School Board designee will visit the Site at intervals appropriate to the stage of
construction to familiarize themself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to
determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work by providing a written
monthly report defined as follows:
2.1.4 The School Board designee will not be responsible for and will not have control or charge
of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures or for safety precautions
and programs, in connection with the Work, and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's
failure to carry out the Work in accordance with Contract Documents. The School Board
designee will not be responsible for or have control or charge over acts or omissions of the
Contractor, Subcontractor, or any of their owners or employees, or any other persons performing
any of the Work.
2.1.5 The School Board designee shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in
preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so that the
School Board designee may perform his function under the Contract Documents.
2.1.6
Based on the School Board designee observation and an evaluation of the Contractor's
Application for Payment, the School Board will recommend the amounts owing to the Contractor
and will issue Certificate for Payment in such amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4.
2.1.7
The School Board designee will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
2.1.8
The School Board designee will render interpretation necessary for the proper execution
or progress of the Work, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with any time limit
agreed upon.
2.1.9
If the designee cannot resolve any claims, disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the
interpretation of the Contract Documents, then such matter shall be referred to the Director of
Program Management for decision which he will render in writing within a reasonable time.
2.1.10 All interpretations and decisions of the School Board designee shall be consistent with
the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the
form of drawings.
2.1.11 The School Board designee will have the authority to reject Work which does not conform
to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in their opinion the designee considers it necessary or
advisable for the implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents the designee will have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph
7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed.
00700-6
2.1.12 The School Board designee will prepare Change Order Proposal Requests in
Accordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as
provided in Subparagraph 12.5.1.
2.1.13 The School Board designee will conduct inspections with the Contractor's design team
leader to determine the date of Substantial Completion, will receive written warranties and related
documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1
DEFINITION
3.1.1 The Owner is The School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida, identified as such in the
Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as singular
in number and masculine in gender. The terms "Owner," "District," and "Board" as used herein
mean the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representatives.
3.2
INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
3.2.1 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal
limitations and utility locations for the Site of the Project and a legal description of the Site.
3.2.2 Information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with
reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein
and especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors, Payment and
Completion, and Insurance in Articles 6, 9 and 11 respectively.
3.3
OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective work as required in Paragraph 13.2 or
persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by
a written order signed personally by the Owner's representative specifically so empowered, may
order the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty
on the part of the Owner to exercise this right to the benefit of the Contractor or any other person
or entity except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
3.4
OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and fails within seven (7) days after receipt of written notice from the Owner
to commence and continue corrections of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,
the Owner may after seven (7) days following the receipt by the Contractor of an additional
written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments
then and thereafter due the Contractor the cost for correcting such deficiencies, including
compensation for any additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure.
Such action by the Owner and the amount charged to the Contractor are at the discretion of the
Owner. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount,
the Contractor shall pay the differences to the Owner.
00700-7
3.5
SCHOOL BOARD PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE
3.5.1 The Owner will designate its School Board representative or other designee who will act
as the onsite field representative and fulfill duties as enumerated in the Rules of the Department
of Education, State Requirements for Educational Facilities, Chapter 4.5., F.A.C. and District
Master Specifications.
3.6
DECLARATION OF DEFAULT
3.6.1 The failure of the Contractor to design in conformance with Owner's requirements or to
supply enough properly skilled workmen or materials or to make prompt payment to
Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or to obey laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders
of public agencies having jurisdiction, or to comply with the Contract Documents, shall be
sufficient grounds for the Owner to find the Contractor in substantial default and to certify that
sufficient cause exists to terminate the Contract and to withhold payment or any part thereof until
the cause or causes giving rise to finding default has been eliminated by the Contractor and
approved by the Owner. If a finding of default is made, the Contractor shall remain responsible
for performance of the requirements of the Contract Documents unless and until the Owner terminates the Contract. Upon finding default, the Owner shall set a reasonable time within which
the Contractor shall eliminate the cause or causes of default. When the basis for finding default
no longer exists, the Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing that the default has been
corrected and that the Contractor is no longer in default. If the Contractor fails to correct the
default within the time allowed, the Owner, if sufficient cause exists, may terminate the Contract
and the employment of the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 14.2
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1
DEFINITION
4.1.1 The term "Contractor" means the partnership, corporation or other legal entity, identified
as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents
as singular in number and masculine in gender.
4.2
REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at
once report to the Owner any error, inconsistency, or omission he may discover. If the Contractor
performs any design, manufacture or construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error,
inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall assume appropriate
responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable cost
for correction.
The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or
where required approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3
SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He
shall be solely responsible for all design and all construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,
unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his
employees, Subcontractors and their owners and employees and any other persons performing
any of the Work under a Contract with the Contractor.
00700-8
4.3.3 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall
carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the
Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or
omissions discovered shall be reported to the Owner at once.
4.3.4 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and
submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 4.11.
4.3.5 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Owner or in the School Board
Appointed Architect's administration of the Contract, or by test, inspections or approvals required
or performed by persons other than the Contractor.
4.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed
under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent
work.
4.4
LABOR AND MATERIALS
4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and
pay for all design, architectural, engineering, labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction
equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent
and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
4.4.1.1 The Contractor shall provide to the Owner for approval a written statement setting forth
the portion of the Work he shall provide. Once approved, no changes shall be made to this
written statement without prior written approval of the Owner.
4.4.1.2 Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees
and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to
him.
4.5
WARRANTY
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under
this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified and that all Work will be of good quality, free
from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
All Work not conforming to these requirements including substitutions not properly approved and
authorized may be considered defective. If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
4.5.2 In the event of a failure or breakdown of equipment which is still under warranty, and is
crucial to the operation of the school center and/or Contractor response time would be prohibitive,
Maintenance and Renovation and Facility Operations personnel can effect minor repairs without
fear of voiding the warranty. Follow up documentation must be transmitted to the assigned
Project Manager for appropriate action. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of
Paragraph 13.2.
4.6
TAXES
4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer use and other similar taxes for the Work or
portions thereof provided by the Contract which are legally enacted at the time the Proposals are
received, whether or not yet effective.
00700-9
4.7
PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1
The Palm Beach County School District Building Department is the lead permitting
authority for the building and site work. The Building Department will review construction
documents as required by law in Section 235.017, Florida Statutes and Section 553.80(6), Florida
Statutes, and shall ensure compliance with requirements of law rule, and the Florida Building
Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards as adopted by the State Fire Marshall. Other
agencies will have additional jurisdiction and permitting authority for on-site and offsite work. It is
the responsibility of the Contractor to verify and satisfy all permitting requirements. Fees for any
building permits and public agency permits are the responsibility of the Contractor. Palm Beach
County School District does not pay any fees. Fees for utility connections shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor team.
4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and
regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work.
The Contractor shall also comply with all provisions of State Requirements for Educational
Facilities, Florida Administrative Code and Section 235.01, Florida Statutes, et. seq. and District
Master Specifications.
4.7.3 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain that the Contract Documents are
in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations. If the Contractor
observes that any of the Contract Documents are in variance therewith in any respect, he shall
promptly notify the Owner in writing and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by
appropriate modification.
4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work which is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations, he shall assume full responsibility therefore and shall bear all costs attributable
thereto including but not limited to the provisions of State Requirements for Educational Facilities,
Current Edition, Florida Administrative Code and F.S. 235.01 et. seq., Florida Building Code and
District Master Specifications.
4.8
SUPERINTENDENT
4.8.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent Superintendent and necessary assistants who
shall be in attendance at the project site during the progress of the Work. The Superintendent
shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing.
Other communications shall be so confirmed on written request in each case.
4.8.1.1 The Superintendent shall be the Contractor's authorized representative and approved
pursuant to Subparagraph 4.8.1.2.
4.8.1.2 The Superintendent and necessary assistants shall be approved by and remain
acceptable to the Owner and shall not be changed without the consent of the Owner. The
Contractor will also provide to the Owner resumes for each Superintendent and necessary
assistants employed by him on the Project.
4.8.1.3 The Superintendent and necessary assistants shall be in continuous attendance at the
Project each working day or portion thereof that work is being performed and until all Work
including the Final Punch List has been completed.
4.8.1.4 For non-compliance with Subparagraph 4.8.1.3, the Owner may take a credit in an
amount equal to the daily pay rate of the absent personnel.
4.9
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
4.9.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Construction Schedule in the form of a CPM
with his Notice To Proceed documents and a complete updated one prior to the application for
the first progress payment. This and all other required schedules shall be received and approved
00700-10
by the Owner for their content and completeness, as required by these conditions. The schedule
shall be based on a critical path analysis of design, permitting and construction activities and
sequential operations needed for the orderly performance and completion of any separable parts
of or any and all work in accordance with the Contract.
The Construction Schedule shall be complete in all respects, covering, in addition to all work,
activities and interfaces with the Contractors at the Site of the Work, offsite activities such as
design, permitting fabrication and allowance for delays, submittals procurement and job-site
delivery of Contractor furnished material and equipment. The schedule shall be a critical path
CPM type network drawn to a time scale using arrow or precedence type diagramming or bar
charts, with sufficient details to conform to the requirement outlined herein. In addition, the
Contractor shall submit a detailed written narrative describing his plan of performing work to meet
the Construction Schedule and any planned multi-shift work.
The Construction schedule shall indicate a plan review period of three weeks each for
Foundation, Shell and Building permits. Contractor is expected to coordinate submittal
requirements with the Building Department prior to making plan submittals in order to expedite
the approval process.
The Construction Schedule shall include the following:
(a)
activities showing scheduled start and finish,
(b)
brief description of each activity,
(c)
relationships between activities,
(d)
indication of activities with less than one (1) month of float,
(e)
contractual and other major milestones,
(f)
monetary value of activity, keyed to the schedule of values and,
(g)
the original submittal of the CPM network and each periodic update of the same shall be
accompanied by a separate listing of all activities on the schedule, which shall include the
following:
(1) a listing of all activities by activity description, each identified by node or activity
number.
(2) the duration of each activity.
(3) the earliest start and finish dates for each activity.
(4) float time for each activity.
As each duration, start date, finish date, and float times of each activity become actual; it shall be
noted as such on the periodic update of the activities listing. As each activity is completed, it shall
be noted as such on the periodic update of the activities listing.
The Contractor shall promptly inform the Owner of any proposed change in the Schedule and
narrative and shall furnish the Owner with a revised Schedule and narrative within ten (10)
calendar days after approval by Owner of such change. The Schedule, activities listing and
narrative shall be kept current, taking into account the actual progress of the Work and shall be
updated and submitted to the Owner every thirty (30) calendar days.
The revised Schedule, activities listing and narrative shall be sufficient to meet the requirements
for the completion of the separable parts of any and all Work, as set forth in the Contract.
Monthly progress payments will not be approved until receipt by the Owner of these updates.
Based on the activities as shown on the required Schedule, a separate activities listing for
monthly progress payment purposes shall contain the following data for each activity to be paid
00700-11
for: activity numbers, activity description, total value, percent previously paid, amount previously
paid percent, the payment request for period, amount of payment requested for period, total
percentage requested through current payment request, and total amount requested through
payment requests.
4.9.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Owner's approval, a schedule of
submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and allows the
Owner reasonable time to review submittals.
4.9.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, with each Application for Payment, a copy of
the approved progress schedule marked to show the percentage completed for each subdivision
of the Work. The monthly submission shall also state the estimated total number of days ahead
of or behind the Contract Completion Date.
Should the Contractor fail to meet the approved schedule, documentation acceptable to the
Owner shall be required of the Contractor to show just cause for delays or for additional time
requests. Failure to comply with this subparagraph shall be sufficient grounds for the Owner to
find the Contractor in substantial default and certify that sufficient cause exists to terminate the
Contract or to withhold payment to the Contractor until an updated progress Schedule acceptable
to the Owner is submitted. Such failure shall not be cause for additional time.
4.9.4
The Contractor shall conform to the most recently approved Schedules.
4.10
DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
4.10.1 Contractor shall maintain at the Site for the Owner, one (1) record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked
currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product
Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Owner at all times and shall be delivered to
the Owner upon completion of the Work.
4.11
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
4.11.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for
the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
4.11.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,
brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a material,
product or system for some portion of the Work.
4.11.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship
and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
4.11.4 Prior to the start of work, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and Building
Department for approval a schedule of shop drawings to be submitted during the course of the
work. The Building Department will identify which shop drawings must be submitted to the
Building Department for code and/or contract related approval. The Contractor shall submit to the
Owner with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in
the work of the Owner or any separate contractor all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
required by the Contract Documents.
4.11.4.1 At the time of submission, the Contractor shall inform the Owner in writing if the Shop
Drawings, Product Data, or Samples deviate from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner five (5) copies of all submittals for approval.
Upon approval of the submittals by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply a maximum of six (6)corrected copies to the Owner for distribution. All submittals shall be accompanied by a
transmittal letter identifying all attachments.
00700-12
4.11.5 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples the Contractor represents that
they have determined and verified all materials, field measurements, and field construction
criteria related thereto, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within
such submittals with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.
4.11.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from requirements
of the Contract Documents by the Owner's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples
under Subparagraph 2.2.14. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors
and omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Owner's approval thereof.
4.11.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples to revisions other than those requested by the Owner on previous
submittals.
4.11.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample
shall be commenced until the submittal has been approved by the Owner as provided in
Subparagraph 4.11.4.1
4.12
USE OF THE SITE
4.12.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the Site to areas permitted by law, ordinance,
permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site with any
materials or equipment.
4.13
CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK
4.13.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required
to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly.
The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the Work of the Owner
or any separate contractor by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any Work, or by excavation.
The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the Work of the Owner or any separate contractor
except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor
shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any separate contractor his consent to cutting
or otherwise altering the Work.
4.14
CLEANING UP
4.14.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the Project and surrounding areas free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the
Work, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as
all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. The Owner may, at any
time deemed necessary, direct the Contractor to clean up the site to the Owner's standard.
4.15
ACCESS TO WORK
4.15.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and the Owner's representative access to the
Work in preparation and progress wherever located.
4.16
COMMUNICATIONS
4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the Project
Manager.
4.17
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account
thereof. If the Contractor has a reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is
an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss.
00700-13
4.18
INDEMNIFICATION
4.18.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and their employees from
and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys'
fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work provided that any such claims,
damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injuries, sickness, disease or death or to
injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use
resulting therefrom and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the
Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a
party indemnified hereunder.
Such obligations shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise reduce any other right or
obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this
Paragraph 4.18.
4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or their employees by any employee of the
Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone
from whose act any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph
4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under worker's or
workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit act or other employee benefit acts.
4.18.3 The Contractor's Liability Policy shall provide a "Hold Harmless" rider to cover the
provision of Paragraph 4.18 and this shall be so noted on the Contractor's Certificate of
Insurance.
4.18.4 The Contractor hereby acknowledges receipt of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) and
other good and valuable consideration from the Owner in exchange for giving the Owner the
indemnification provided above in accord with Paragraph 4.18 of these General Conditions which
form a part of the Contract Documents.
4.19
COMPLETENESS OF PROPOSAL
4.19.1 The Contractor is to assume the Contract is complete as to all necessary parts and shall
prepare the proposal accordingly. The Contractor shall supply and install all necessary devices
and equipment to ensure a safe, complete and workable system. Omissions from the Plans and
Specifications of any equipment, device, etc. required by applicable Codes and Standards shall
not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to furnish and install same at no additional cost to
the Owner.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1
DEFINITION
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or an entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to
perform any of the Work. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his
authorized representative. The term "Subcontractor" does not include any separate contractor or
his Subcontractors.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a
Subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the Site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as singular in number and masculine in gender and means a
Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative thereof.
5.1.3 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship
between the Owner and Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor.
00700-14
5.1.4 All Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall have a required occupational license
appropriate for the location of the Work and a Certificate of Competency for those trades which
require such Certificates.
The School District of Palm Beach County, Florida encourages the Contractor to hire
subcontractors who are educated and skilled in their respective trade so as to ensure quality
workmanship in connection with the project. Such workmanship and quality should be of the
highest standards in the industry or trade in which the subcontractor is employed.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE
WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents or the Proposal Documents, the
Contractor shall furnish, with the Proposal, to the Owner in writing the names of the persons or
entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)
proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work.
The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not, after due
investigation, has reasonable objections to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the
Owner to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the
Owner has made reasonable objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The
Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom he has a reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the
Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner have no reasonable objection.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person or entity
previously selected without Owner's prior approval.
5.3
SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By an appropriate written Owner-Contractor Agreement the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the
Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents and to assume toward the Contractor all the
obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents assumes toward the
Owner. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the
subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall
require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the
Subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound by this
Paragraph 5.3, and identify to the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed
Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall
similarly make copies of such documents available to his Sub-subcontractors.
ARTICLE 6
WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1
OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Project with his own forces,
and to award separate Contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other work on
the Site under these or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay or
additional costs are involved because of such actions by the Owner, he shall make such claims
as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
00700-15
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on
the Site the term "Separate Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the
contractor that executes each separate Owner-contractor agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the Work of his own forces and of each
separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate therewith as provided in
Paragraph 6.2.
6.1.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents, should the Contractor
sustain loss or be damaged by act or omission of a separate Contractor, the Owner shall not be
liable for any such loss or damage and the Contractor shall not be entitled to obtain any monetary
relief from the Owner to compensate for any such loss or damage, but shall be limited to such
recovery as is otherwise available at law from persons and/or entities other than the Owner.
6.2
MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate Contractors reasonable opportunity
for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work,
and shall connect and coordinate his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends on proper execution or results upon the
Work of the Owner or any separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with the
Work, promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that
render it unusable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report
shall constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate Contractors' work as fit and proper to
receive his Work except as to defects which may subsequently become apparent in such work by
others.
6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed Work shall be borne by the party responsible
therefore. These are in addition to Liquidated Damages.
6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the Work or Property of the Owner or
to other Work on the Site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such damages as provided in
Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the Work or Property of any separate
Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly attempt to settle with such other
Contractor by agreement or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such separate Contractor sues
the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner
shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense and if
any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it
and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and costs which the Owner has incurred.
6.3
OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and separate Contractor as to their
responsibilities for cleaning up as required by Paragraph 4.14, the Owner may clean up and
charge the cost therefore to the contractor(s) responsible as the Owner shall determine to be just.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1
GOVERNING LAW
7.1.1
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida.
00700-16
7.2
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
7.2.1The Owner and the Contractor each bind himself, his partners, successors, assigns and
legal representatives, or such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or
sublet it as a whole or in part for any reason or purpose including pass-through claims of
subcontractors without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any
monies due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the
Owner.
7.3
WRITTEN NOTICE
7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the
individual or member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was
intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address
known to him who gives the notice.
7.4
CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES
7.4.1 A Claim For Damages is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter
of right, adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or
other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other
disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to
the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice within twenty (20) days after the first
observance of such injury or damage, and the responsibility to substantiate the claims rests with
the party making the claim.
7.5
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
7.5.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and
remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties,
obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
7.5.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right
or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act
constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder except as may be specifically
agreed in writing.
7.6
TESTS
7.6.1 If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested or approved,
the Contractor shall give the Owner forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of its readiness so the
Owner may observe such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless
otherwise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of the inspections, tests or approvals.
7.6.1.1 Inspections, tests, observations or approvals shall not relieve the Contractor from his
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
7.6.2 If the Owner determines that any Work requires special inspections, testing or approval,
the Owner will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval and the
Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or
testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof including testing, retesting and compensation for the
Owner's additional services made necessary by such failure.
7.6.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by the Contractor
and promptly delivered by him to the Owner.
00700-17
7.6.4 If the Owner is to observe the inspection, test or approvals required by the Contract
Documents, he will do so promptly, and where practical, at the source of supply.
7.7
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
7.7.1 The Palm Beach County School District Building Department is the designed inspector on
behalf of the Owner. The Building Department shall inspect the work for compliance with
requirements of law, rule, and the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety standards as
adopted by the State Fire Marshall. Additionally, the School District’s Designee shall also make
simultaneous or additional inspections for compliance with the Contract Documents. Such
inspections shall not relieve the Contractor from any duties or responsibilities described herein.
7.7.1.1 All Work shall be of the highest quality and substandard Work will not be accepted.
7.7.1.2 No Work shall be concealed or rendered inaccessible until it has been inspected and
approved by the Inspectors.
7.7.1.3 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the Inspector two (2) full working
days prior to the date of the requested inspection.
7.7.1.4 The Contractor shall give exact location, trade involved and specified date and time for
inspection.
7.7.1.5 The Contractor shall have supervisors representing the trades present and all necessary
test equipment, ladders, gauges, etc. available for the Inspector at the prescribed time for
inspection.
7.7.1.6 The Inspector shall prepare an inspection report and provide the Contractor's
Superintendent a copy indicating if the Work has been accepted or rejected. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor's Superintendent to have non-conforming or rejected Work
corrected and to ensure that a successful re-inspection by the Inspector is made.
7.7.1.7 Work that has been concealed or rendered inaccessible without acceptance by the
Inspector shall be uncovered by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
7.7.1.8 Upon proper completion of the Work, the Contractor shall certify that the project is
complete using Forms OEF 110, Request for Inspection and Occupancy Certificate; OEF 210,
Report of Facilities Construction (RFC); and/or OEF 209, Certificate of Final Inspection (CFI), for
projects involving occupancy and non-occupancy as designated on the forms. Pursuant to
Section 432.3.7 Florida Statutes, no Building shall be occupied until the building has received a
Certificate of Occupancy issued by the Building Department.
7.7.1.9 Substantial and Final Inspections shall be set up with the School District’s Designee at
least seven (7) calendar days in advance to ensure that all necessary personnel can be made
available. The School District’s Designee shall determine if the Project is ready for Substantial
and Final Inspection.
7.7.2 The Contractor shall cause all required inspections, acceptances, safety checkouts,
performance tests, etc. to be made in the presence of the inspectors to ensure that the Work has
been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide all
instruments, special apparatus, personnel and experts to make all necessary and required tests.
7.7.3 Approval or acceptance of Work by the Inspectors shall not relieve the Contractor of
liabilities and responsibilities for Work not conforming to the Contract Documents.
7.7.4
Payment shall not be made for Work that has not been approved by the Inspectors.
7.7.5 No payment on Change Order Work shall be made until said Work has complied with all
requirements and Inspections set forth in the Contract Documents.
00700-18
7.8
ARBITRATION
7.8.1 Nothing arising under the Contract Documents or in connection with the performance of
the Work or Project shall be subject to arbitration. Nor shall any attempts at arbitration be binding
on the Owner.
7.9
SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS
7.9.1 Any item relating to the Work that requires action by the School Board shall be submitted
in writing to the Owner at least thirty five (35) days prior to a regularly scheduled board meeting in
order that it may be placed on the Agenda.
7.10
PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION MEETINGS
7.10.1 Pre-Construction Meeting: After the award of the Contract and within five (5) OwnerBusiness days, the Contractor shall meet with the Owner and any Subcontractors that the Owner
may designate. This meeting shall be at a location designated by the Owner. The Contractor will
have provided the documents noted in Article I, Paragraph 1.1.1.1.
7.10.2 Contract Administration Meeting: A minimum of two monthly progress meeting shall be
held each month with the Owner and Contractor until full and Final Completion to review the
previous progress and the CPM for the following period. In the event the Contractor falls behind
the accepted Schedule, the Owner may require additional progress meetings at the Owner's
option.
7.11 CONSTRUCTION WATER
7.11.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for all water necessary for construction of the
Project. The Contractor shall make all connections, install a meter, take out and pay for all
permits necessary, do all piping necessary for construction water and clear away all evidence of
same after the Work is completed.
7.12
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
7.12.1 The Contractor shall provide toilet facilities during construction for all workmen. These
facilities shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary manner.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain a suitable temporary field office at project site for his
own use containing a separate office for use by the Owners Representative.
Field Offices and Sheds:
A.
Office: To be weather-tight with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling and
ventilating equipment. Office trailer should be at least 12 X 60 with bathroom (working)
and running water. Offices front and rear, counter tops in each end office with 2 (two)
drawer fireproof legal filing cabinets. Center conference area with plan rack and plan
table. Cleaning service to insure the office is clean at all times.
Office equipment to consist of the following:
a. 2 executive desks
b. 2 office chairs
c. 1 secretary desk
d. 1 secretary chair
e. Copier with 11 X 17 capabilities
f. Fax machine (preferred HP fax, scanner, copier 700)
g. Conference table with 10 chairs
h. 7 phone lines (general contractor to pay for 3 working services)
i. Two 4-drawer legal file cabinets (lockable)
j. Water cooler and water delivery
00700-19
B.
All offices and sheds to be anchored to the ground to withstand 110 MPH X 1.1 wind
load.
C. Office trailer to have signage reading School District of Palm Beach County Office.
D. Three designated parking areas for District staff.
7.13
CONSTRUCTION ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
7.13.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for light and power necessary and adequate for the
construction of the Project and the testing of all systems. The Contractor is to make all the
necessary arrangements for this service and perform all work required, including, but not limited
to, temporary connections, wiring and devices.
7.14
USE OF OWNER'S FACILITIES
7.14.1 The Owner's facilities shall not be used by any personnel connected with the Project
specified in the Contract Documents.
7.15
REPAIRS
7.15.1 The Contractor shall restore all damage to existing facilities and improvements occurring
during the Work to equal or better condition than that which existed prior to the damage.
7.16
MAINTAINING UTILITIES
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all active utilities in place and in operation.
7.17
LAYOUT OF WORK
7.17.1 The Contractor shall employ a registered Surveyor to lay out the Work and all lines and
levels pertaining thereto, to establish all necessary benchmarks, and to certify same as the Work
progresses. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any discrepancies between the existing
lines and levels and those shown on the drawings and shall not proceed with any Work affected
thereby until he has received written instruction from the Owner. Written certification of
elevations shall be given to the Owner.
7.18
PROTECTION OF PROPERTY DURING MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION
7.18.1 The Contractor shall, during the manufacturing, assembly and installation of the structure
take all steps necessary to protect and keep free from dirt, dust, mold, mildew, bacteria and
bacterial spores the interior duct system, plenums, wall cavities, walls, finish materials and
products.
7.18.2 The Contractor shall not install any finish materials until such time as the Contractor has
in operation and maintain a temporary cooling system. This system shall maintain a maximum
temperature and humidity of 80% and 60% RH for 24 hours and seven days a week during
finishing operations.
7.18.3 The Contractor shall use temporary filters in the cooling systems and shall replace these
temporary filters at any time they become contaminated and in any event, not less than every
thirty days. In addition, prior to start-up, either temporary or final, the Contractor will ensure that
all duct and plenums are free from all dirt, dust, mold and mildew.
7.19
UNAUTHORIZED ALIENS
The School District shall consider the employment by any Contractor of unauthorized aliens a
violation of section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationalization Act. Such violation shall be
cause for unilateral cancellation of this contract.
00700-20
7.20
POSSESSION OF FIREARMS
7.20.1 Possession of firearms will not be tolerated on School District property. “Firearm” means
any weapon (including a starter gun or antique firearm) which will, is designed to, or may readily
be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; the frame or receiver of any such
weapon; any destructive device; or any machine gun.
7.20.2 No person who has a firearm in their vehicle may park their vehicle on School District
Property. Furthermore no person may possess or bring a firearm on School District property.
7.20.3 If any employee of an Independent contractor or sub-contractor is found to have brought a
firearm on School District property, said employee will be terminated from the School Board
project by the Independent contractor or sub-contractor, if the sub-contractor fails to terminate
said employee, the sub-contractor’s agreement with the Independent contractor for the School
Board project shall be terminated. If the independent contractor fails to terminate said employee
or fails to terminate the agreement with the sub-contractor who fails to terminate the employee,
the independent contractor’s agreement with the School Board shall be terminated.
7.21
CRIMINAL ACTS
7.21.1 Employment by any Contractor of any employees or trade contractors hired by the
Contractor with multiply felonies and/or crimes against children will not be tolerated and shall be a
material breach of this contract.
7.22
ALLOWANCES
7.22.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents allowances shall cover the cost to
the Contractor team of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less
applicable trade discounts; Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor,
installation costs, overhead profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts
shall be included in the Bid Summary Form but not in the allowances; Whenever costs are more
than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.
The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (a) the difference between actual costs and the
allowance and (b) changes in Contractor’s costs.
7.22.2 The use of the facility by the Owner prior to the Work being fully performed or paid for
does not constitute a waiver by the Owner to demand strict compliance with the terms and
provisions of the Contract Documents.
7.22.3
The School District of Palm Beach County encourages Contractors and subcontractors
to hire employees who are educated and skilled in their respective trades so as to ensure quality
workmanship in connection with the project. Such workmanship and quality should be of the
highest standards in the industry or trade in which the Contractor, subcontractor, and employee
are employed.
7.23 WASTE REDUCTION STRATEGIES
Pursuant to School Board Policy 7.197, the Contractor shall implement the following procedures:
Durable and Reusable Products – Wherever possible the Contractor will reduce the use of nonrecyclable materials and products and promote the use of durable and reusable products.
Construction Related Materials – During construction projects, the amount of “attic stock” paints,
floor tiles, ceiling tiles, and other building materials left onsite by the contractor shall be minimized
to the greatest extent practical.
Construction and Demolition Debris – The Contractor will, to the greatest extent possible, require
that all construction and demolition materials (including concrete and metal) be reused or
recycled in an appropriate manner.
00700-21
7.24 DISTRICT PURCHASED MATERIALS
As provided by Florida Statute 212.08(6) the School District (District) is exempt from sales tax on
materials directly by the District. As authorized by Board Policy 6.141, the District may utilize this
tax exempt status for material purchased related to construction projects and, as directed by the
Owner the Contractor shall administer, at no additional cost to the Owner, the Procedure for
District Purchased Materials specified in Attachment I.
ARTICLE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITION
Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract
Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2 including
authorized adjustments thereto.
8.1.1.1 The Contract Time will begin the date of issuance of the Notice To Proceed by the
Owner.
8.1.1.2 Work on the Site will not commence until the Certificates of Insurance and Bonds as
required by the provisions of Article 11 and Article 12 are received and approved by the Owner,
however, the Contractor's delay in providing such Certificates of Insurance and Bonds and other
such requirements shall not be reason for granting of an extension of time. The Contractor shall
carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and achieve Substantial Completion
within the Contract Time.
8.1.1.3 The Final Completion Date of the Project is the date established by the Proposal unless
amended by consent of the Owner.
8.1.2 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work is the date certified by the Owner when
construction is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner
can occupy or utilize the Project for its intended purpose. All warranties and guarantees shall
begin the next day.
8.1.3 The term "Day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean Calendar Day unless
otherwise specifically designated.
8.2
PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence to the Contract.
8.2.2
The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in
Subparagraphs 8.1.1.1 and 8.1.1.2 and shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate
forces and shall complete it within the Contract Time.
8.2.3 Contractor's request for Substantial Completion Inspection to establish a punch list shall
mean that all work is complete and properly installed. If, at this time, the Owner indicates that the
job is not ready or is incomplete, the inspection will be cancelled and rescheduled. Re-inspection
costs for Board Appointed Architect/Engineer visitations will be borne by the Contractor.
8.3
DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by neglect of the
Owner, or by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by Changes ordered in the
Work or by labor disputes, fire, or by any other cause which the Owner determines may justify the
delay, then the Contract time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the
Owner may determine. An extension of Contract time will not be given due to weather conditions,
unless such weather conditions (wind or rain) for any thirty (30) day period are on the average for
00700-22
the thirty (30) days more severe than the average for the same thirty (30) day period for the
previous ten (10) years and caused a delay. In requesting an extension of time for weather
conditions, Contractor shall present complete records and averages referred to above, and such
requests shall document how the weather conditions delayed the progress of the Work.
8.3.1 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than twenty
(20) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. In each written
request for extension of time the following information shall be provided, as a minimum. Failure
to submit such information shall constitute a just cause for denial of the claim for extension of
time:
l. Nature of the delay;
2. Dates of commencement/cessation of the delay;
3. Activities on the current progress schedule affected by the delay;
4. Identification of the source of delay;
5. Anticipated impact and extent of the delay; and
6. Recommended action to minimize the delay.
8.3.2 Any additional claim made after the initial claim has been implemented by Change Order
shall not be considered. Pending final resolution of a claim, request for extension of time, or
Change Order, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Contract and
the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. In the
case of a continuing delay only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate
of the probable effect of such delays on the progress of the Work
8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon which interpretations as provided in
Subparagraph 2.1.8 shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of
failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen (15) days after written request is made for them,
and not then unless such claim is reasonable.
8.4.2
8.3.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extensions of time for delays resulting from any
such causes unless it shall have notified the Owner in writing within twenty (20) days after the
commencement of such cause of the occurrence thereof and of the probable duration thereof.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to and hereby waives, any and all damages which it may
suffer by reason of delay, or for delay from any Act of God or unforeseen condition, and waives
all damages which it may suffer by reason of such delay including but not limited to lost profits,
job site overhead, supervision, home office overhead; the extension of time granted herein being
the Contractor's sole remedy.
8.3.4.1 In no event shall Contractor be entitled to and as such Contractor hereby waives Any and
all damages which it may suffer by reason of acceleration, being of prime importance changes,
inefficiencies or any other type of forceable claim on the project; whether such is voluntary by the
Contractor, or helpful, actual or otherwise.
8.4
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
8.4.1 It is mutually agreed by and between parties hereto that time shall be an essential part of
this contract, including, without limitation, the time for achieving Substantial Completion as
defined herein. The parties agree that in case of the failure on the part of the Contractor to
achieve scheduled Substantial Completion as set forth within the Notice To Proceed, the Owner
will be damaged thereby; and the amount of said damages, inclusive of expenses for
inspection(s), as well as additional personnel superintendence, and necessary traveling expenses
being difficult if not impossible of definite ascertainment and proof, it is hereby agreed that the
amount of such damages shall be in accordance with (see Table 1- Schedule for Liquidated
Damages) as liquidated damages for every calendar days delay in achieving Substantial
Completion; and the Contractor hereby agrees that said sum shall be deducted from the monies
due Contractor under the Contract or if, insufficient money is then due, the Contractor hereby
agrees to pay to the Owner as liquidated damages and not by way of penalty, such total sum
00700-23
shall be due. It is also expressly agreed that these liquidated damages do not include any
additional fees which may be charged the Owner by any third party as a result of the failure to
achieve Substantial Completion within the required time and the Contractor shall reimburse the
Owner such additional fees and charges in addition to the liquidated damages established in this
Agreement.
Table 1- Schedule for Liquidated Damages
Cost of Construction
$0-$10,000,000
$10,000,000-$30,000,000
In excess of $30,000,000
Liquidated Damages
$2,500 per day
$4,000 per day
$6,000 per day
It is mutually agreed by and between the parties hereto that time shall be an essential part of this
contract, including, without limitation, the time for achieving Final Completion as defined herein.
The parties agree that in the case of the failure of the Contractor to achieve scheduled Final
Completion as set forth within the Notice To Proceed within (see Table 2- Schedule for Liquidated
Damages) days of Substantial Completion, the Owner will be damaged thereby; and the amount
of said damages, inclusive of expenses for inspection(s) as well as additional personal
superintendence, and necessary traveling expenses being difficult if not impossible of definite
ascertainment and proof, it is hereby agreed that the amount of such damages shall be in
accordance with (see Table 2- Schedule for Liquidated Damages) as liquidated damages for
every calendar days delay in achieving Final Completion in excess of the number of calendar
days prescribed and the Contractor hereby agrees that said sum shall be deducted from the
monies due the Contractor under the contract or if insufficient money is then due, The Contractor
hereby agrees to pay to the Owner as liquidated damages and not by way of penalty, such total
sum as may be due.
It is also expressly agreed that these liquidated damages do not include any additional fees which
may be charged the Owner by any third party as a result of the failure to achieve Final
Completion within the required time and the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner such additional
fee and charges in addition to the liquidated damages established in this Agreement.
Table 2- Schedule for Liquidated Damages
Cost of Construction
Days from Substantial Completion
$0-$10,000,000
$10,000,000-$30,000,000
In excess of $30,000,000
90 days
120 days
150 days
Liquidated Damages
$500 per day
$700 per day
$900 per day
In further recognition of the adverse impact of delay on Owner, the Contractor recognizes that the
Owner, in addition to assessing liquidated damages, may notify the Contractor’s bonding
company of the failure to timely achieve Final Completion.
8.4.2
The Contractor further recognizes that it may have to perform its Final Completion work
in a manner compatible with the on-going operation of the school which may result in access to
area where work is needed being denied or limited. The Contractor expressly agrees that such
denial or limitation of access is an anticipated event and that such limitation or denial will not
excuse the timely performance by the Contractor nor shall it be grounds for any claim for
additional time and/or costs, such being expressly waived and relinquished.
8.4.4
In the event that the Contractor shall have achieved Substantial Completion before the
date required by the contract documents, those days shall be added to the number of days
available to the Contractor to attain Final Completion before liquidated damages shall commence.
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENT AND COMPLETION
9.1
CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and, including authorized
adjustments thereto, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the
performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
00700-24
9.2
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first “Application and Certificate for Payment” the Contractor shall submit to the
Owner for approval a “Schedule of Values” in such a form (Form SDPBC703) as the Owner may
require. The “Schedule of Values” document shall be arranged in accordance with the
Construction Specification Institute format. The data within the Schedule of Values must be
supported by actual data from all subcontracts, Divisional surplus data, brief descriptions of all
unpurchased scope with estimates organized by respective Division category (each unpurchased
scope within each Division may be identified in a separate line item), and any other data to
substantiate its accuracy. As subcontracts are executed, the Schedule of Values is to be updated
monthly. Form SDPBC703 shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s “Application for
Payment.” In addition to the foregoing, the Contractor shall be required to provide the Owner a
complete list that includes all subcontractors, material men, and suppliers to be utilized on the
Project. The Contractor shall also update said list with each pay request. Failure to comply with
these terms shall be grounds for non-payment to the Contractor.
9.3
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least twenty-five (25) Owner business days before the date the Contractor desires a
progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner four (4) notarized copies of their
Application for Payment (Application), on Form PBSD 2354 and the information required by
Article 4, Subparagraph 4.9.3 of these General Conditions supported by such data substantiating
the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner may require, and reflecting retainage as provided
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
As specified by the Owner, the following items shall be submitted with each Application:
-Form PBSD 1528 “Professional & Construction Services Utilization Report”
-Form PBSD 1620 “Partial Release of Lien/Verification of Payment”
-Form PBSD 2348 “Allowance Use Request”
-Form PBSD 2350 “Subcontractor Reconciliation”
-PBSD Form 2352 “Subcontractor Change Order Matrix-Construction Change Directive”
-Form PBSD 2353 “Subcontractor Change Order Allowance Matrix”
-Anticipated Cost Report
-CCD Log
-Allowance Log
-Periodic Performance evaluation (PPE) for the time period covered by the application
Failure to comply with the requirements of the Paragraph shall be grounds for the Owner to reject
the Application.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments will be made at the
discretion of the Owner on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the School Site and, if approved in advance by the Owner,
payments may similarly be made for materials or equipment suitably stored in a bonded
warehouse approved in writing by the Owner. Payments for materials or equipment stored on or
off Site shall be conditioned upon the submissions by the Contractor of Bills of Sale or such other
procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment
or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including warehouse bond, applicable insurance and
transportation to the Site of those materials and equipment stored off the Site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by the
Application for Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon
the receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims,
security interest or encumbrances, hereinafter referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no
Work, materials or equipment covered by Application for Payment will have been acquired by the
Contractor, or by any other person performing Work at the Site or furnishing materials and
equipment for the Project, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or
encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such
other person.
9.3.3.1 Following receipt of the first payment and prior to the receipt of each subsequent
payment, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory evidence that all labor and
materials furnished through the date of the preceding requisition for payment have been fully paid
00700-25
less the retained percentage. At any time, the Owner may require proof of payment to the
Subcontractors and Suppliers in a form acceptable to the Owner be submitted by the Contractor
with the Application for Payment. If any Subcontractor or Supplier is not paid, the Contractor
shall supply written explanation for such nonpayment, with the Application for Payment.
9.4
CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect shall, within five (5) Owner business days after the receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the
Contractor, for such amount as the Architect and Owner determine is properly due, or notify the
Contractor in writing the reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in Paragraph 9.6.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect,
based on his observations at the Site and the date of the Application for Payment, that the Work
has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief,
the quality of the Work is in accordance with Contract Documents. The foregoing representations
are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon
Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests and inspections required by or
performed under the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion, and to any specifically paid or satisfactorily explained
nonpayment, for all labor and materials for which he has previously submitted Applications for
Payment. The issuance of a Certificate For Payment will constitute a representation that the
Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.
9.5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 Based upon the Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and
Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make monthly progress
payments against the account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor in accordance with the
following:
Within twenty (20) Owner business days after issuance of a Certificate of Payment by the
Architect, until the Work reaches fifty percent (50%) complete, the Owner shall pay the
Contractor, less ten percent (10%) retainage, the sum of money due each Progress Payment that
is properly allocated to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work for the period
covered by the Application for Payment less such amounts, as the Owner determines, for all
incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. At the time the
Work reaches fifty percent (50%) completion, which is defined as the point which the Owner has
expended 50% of the total amount of the Contract Sum, the Owner shall reduce the retainage to
five percent (5%). All unpaid balances of the Contract Sum will be held until the project is
accepted by the School Board. After 50% completion of the Contract Sum, the Contractor may
present to the Owner a request for payment of up to one-half of the retainage held by the Owner
during the pre-fifty percent portion of Work completed. If, after Substantial Completion, there
should remain items to be completed the Contractor and Architect-Engineer shall list those items
required for completion and an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the value of
any remaining items will be withheld until the specific items have been completed. Thereafter, the
Contractor shall pay to the Subcontractors the amount retained for each incomplete item after
each of said items has been completed.
9.5.2 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any interest on payments which may be due but are
unpaid by the Owner.
9.5.3 The Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of payment from the Owner,
pay each Subcontractor, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting the
percentage actually retained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work.
The Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each
Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub-subcontractors within
seven (7) calendar days of receipt of payment from the Contractor.
00700-26
9.5.4 The Owner may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practical,
information regarding the percentage of completion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor
and the action taken thereon by the Owner on account of work done by such Subcontractor.
9.5.5 The Owner shall not have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to
any Subcontractor.
9.5.6
No Certificate for Payment, or any Progress Payment, nor any partial or entire use or
occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6
PAYMENTS WITHHELD
9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and may withhold the Certificate in whole or
in part, to the extent necessarily reasonable to protect the Owner’s interest, if in its opinion the
Architect is unable to justify payment as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. Architect will notify the
Contractor as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree
on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for
which he is able to certify as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. The Architect may also decline to
certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, he
may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such an
extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of:
-Defective Work, not remedied;
-Rejection of Work, or any part of the Work, by the authority having jurisdiction;
-Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims;
-Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,
materials or equipment within ten (10) days;
-Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum;
-Damage to the Owner or another Contractor;
-Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time;
-Persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;
-Failure of the Contractor to submit the information required by Article 4, Par. 4.9.3 and
Par. 9.3.3.1 herein;
-Failure of the Contractor to maintain and submit up to date and accurate record
Documents;
-Failure of the Contractor to properly complete the Application For Payment.
9.7
FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor,
within five (5) Owner business days after his receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,
or if the Owner does not pay a Contractor within fifteen (15) Owner business days after the date
established in the Contract Documents any amount certified by the Owner, then the Contractor
may, fourteen (14) additional days after written notice to the Owner, stop work until payment of
the amount owing has been received.
9.8
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially complete as defined in
Article 8, Subparagraph 8.1.2, the Contractor shall notify the Owner. If the Owner, on the basis of
an inspection, determines that the Work and the requirements of the Contract Documents are
substantially complete, the Owner will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for the
Owner which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion. Time involved in obtaining
Substantial Completion beyond the date established therefore shall be subjected to the
assessment of Liquidated Damages. At the time of Substantial Completion the Owner will
conduct its inspection to determine that the facility is in compliance with statutes, rules and codes
affecting the health and safety of the occupants, and issue a Facility Occupancy Certificate,
Forms OEF 110 and 210).
The School District of Palm Beach County Florida, will "determine that the facility is in compliance
with statutes, rules and codes affecting the health and safety of the occupants."
00700-27
9.8.2 The Owner and the Contractor will inspect the Project. If it is apparent that many items of
the Work and the requirements of the Contract Documents are not complete, no further
inspection will be made. If the Project is ready for inspection the Owner shall prepare a written
punch list incorporating items designated by all parties. The failure to indicate any items on this
list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. All Punch List items shall be fully and finally completed prior to the date
established in the Contract Documents. Time involved in correcting Punch List items beyond this
date shall be subject to the assessment of Liquidated Damages. The Owner shall determine the
date when the Work and the requirements of the Contract Documents are fully and finally
completed and the Contractor shall submit a letter to the Owner certifying the date.
9.8.3 When the Contractor notifies the Owner and the Architect that the Work is substantially
complete, the Architect, Owner and the Contractor will inspect the Project. If it is apparent that
many items of the Work and the requirements of the Contract Documents are not complete, no
further inspection will be made. At the time that the Project is Substantially Complete and ready
for inspection, the Architect, Owner and the Contractor will jointly inspect the Work and develop a
comprehensive list of all items that are required for satisfactory final completion of the
construction project. Following that joint inspection, the Architect shall provide to the Contractor
and the Owner a comprehensive list of items that must be rendered complete, satisfactory and
acceptable the construction services purchased by the School Board. The list must be provided
within thirty (30) days if the Project construction cost is Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) or less
and within sixty (60) days if the Project construction cost is more than Ten Million Dollars
($10,000,000). The Contractor shall have the time permitted by this contract to fully satisfy and
complete that list or shall pay the liquidated damages set forth herein. The failure to include any
corrective work or pending items not yet completed on the list does not alter the responsibility of
the Contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract.
Upon proper and satisfactory completion of the Work identified on the list and the satisfaction of
all non-construction requirements such as but not limited to, providing the appropriate warranties
and other required documentation set forth in Paragraph 9.11, the Contractor may submit a
payment request for all remaining retainage being withheld by the Owner. If a good faith dispute
exists as to whether one or more of the items identified on the list have been completed in
accordance with the contract, the Owner will continue to withhold an amount not to exceed 150
percent of the total costs to complete the Work.
Should the Contractor, in whole or in part, fail to cooperate in the inspection and preparation of
the final completion list of Work or should the Contractor fail to perform its contractual
responsibilities with regard to the development of the list, the Owner will not pay or process any
payment request for retainage.
9.9
FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.9.1 After the Work and the requirements of the Contract Documents are fully and finally
completed, the Architect shall certify Final Completion, and after Board acceptance shall make
final payment to the Contractor.
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, less amounts
authorized by the Contract Documents, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the
Work has been fully and finally completed, in accordance with the Contract Documents, including
approved plans, specifications and change orders and a final Certificate for Payment has been
issued and approved by the Owner, State Department of Education approved Certificate of Final
Inspection (OEF 209).
The Architect shall: prepare two (2) copies of the Certificate of Final Inspection on forms provided
by the Owner and returned to the Owner for approval. Upon approval, the Owner shall then
submit the Certificate of Final Inspection to the State Department of Education. The Owner shall
make Final Payment to the Contractor after all legal and contractual requirements are met.
9.9.2
The Final Payment shall not be due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) a
notarized affidavit that all Subcontractor payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other
indebtedness connected with the Work, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of
surety to final payment, (3) warranties, (4) operational manuals, (5) record drawings, (6) sign off
of extra materials and all other items pertaining to close out. The acceptance of Final Payment
00700-28
shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing
and identified by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of Final Application for Payment.
9.9.3 The making of final payment shall not constitute a waiver of any claims by the Owner and
shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for negligence, defects of manufacture, faulty
materials, or workmanship to the extent within the period provided by law and by the warranties
provided herein; and upon written notice by the Owner, the Contractor shall remedy any defects
due thereto and pay all expenses for any damages to other work resulting therefrom.
9.10
WRITTEN GUARANTEE
9.10.1 The Contractor warrants that the Work will be fit for its intended purpose and the project is
merchantable and habitable for its intended purpose. Further, the Contractor shall and does
hereby guarantee the Work and shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship
which appear within two (2) years, unless a longer period is specified in the Contract Documents,
from the date specified in Subparagraph 8.1.2. Neither the final payment nor any provisions in
the Contract Document shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for negligence, defects of
manufacture, faulty materials, or workmanship to the extent within the period provided by law and
upon written notice they shall remedy
any defects due thereto and pay all expenses for any
damages to other work resulting therefrom. If any lien or claim remains unsatisfied after all
payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be
compelled to pay in discharging such liens or claims, including all costs and reasonable
Attorney's fees. Any Subcontractor may seek relief from the Surety and Contractor under Florida
Statute 255.05.
9.11
DATA FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR
9.11.1 During the Work and prior to receiving Final Payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the
Owner for transfer onto the record drawings one (1) complete set of "Record" drawings
acceptable to the Owner, indicating all construction changes and actual locations which are at
variance with the original drawings. Data shall be supplied in the format and quantity required by
the Owner.
9.11.2 At the completion of the Work and prior to receiving Final Payment, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Owner for delivery to the Owner all bonds, warranties, guarantees, manuals and
operating instructions and a complete list of equipment installed in the Project showing
manufacturer, location, model numbers and cost.
9.11.3 At the completion of the Work and prior to receiving final payment, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Owner a Schedule of Maintenance, stating frequency and type of service for each
piece of equipment.
9.11.4 At the completion of the Work and prior to receiving Final Payment, the Contractor and
Subcontractors shall instruct the Owner how to use all equipment and systems in the Project and
supply appropriate instruction manuals.
ARTICLE 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the Site materials reasonably believed to be
Asbestos or Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the
Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner
in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written
agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is Asbestos and Polychlorinated
Biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be
resumed in the absence of Asbestos or Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been
rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with
final determination by the Owner.
10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required to perform without consent any Work relating to
Asbestos or Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB).
00700-29
10.2
SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
10.2.1.1 all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby;
10.2.1.2 all the Work and all the materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in
storage on or off the Site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and
10.2.1.3 other property at the Site and adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavement, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or
property for their protection from damage, injury or loss in accordance with CFR/29 Code of
Federal Register, part 1926.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress
of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs
and other warnings against hazards, including safety regulations and notifying Owners and users
of adjacent utilities.
10.2.4 If the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary
for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on
such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damages or loss to any property referred to in
Subparagraph 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,
or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable and for which the Contractor is
responsible under Subparagraph 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to
acts or omissions of the Owner or anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or by anyone by
whose acts either they may be liable and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to his obligations under
Paragraph 4.19.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the Site
whose duty shall be prevention of accidents.
This person shall be the Contractor's
Superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to
endanger its safety.
10.2.8 All alcoholic beverages, smoking and drugs shall be prohibited from the Project site.
10.2.9 The Contractor shall promptly report to the Owner in writing and by telephone all
accidents arising out of or in connection with the work that cause death, serious personal injury or
major property damage. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to notify the Owner of all
recordable accidents.
10.2.10 All workers on the Project site shall wear appropriate and uniform-like attire and shall
have visible identification as being employees of the Contractor or Subcontractor. (for
example, all employees wear same color shirts).
10.3
EMERGENCIES
10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at
his discretion, to prevent threatened damages, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or
extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined
as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work.
00700-30
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
11.1
CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance that will protect him from
claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the
Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
Insurers providing the insurance required by this contract must meet the following minimum
requirements:
a.
Be authorized by subsisting certificates of authority issued to the companies by the
Department of Insurance of the State of Florida or be eligible surplus lines insurers under
Florida Statute 626.918, and
b.
Must have a current rating of "A-" or better and a Financial Size Category of "VIII" or better
according to the most recent rating in effect by the A.M. Best Company.
c.
The School Board of Palm Beach County must be named as an additional insured on all
policies required in this contract.
11.1.2 Claims under workers' compensation, shall be in compliance with Chapter 440, Florida
Statutes. Employers' Liability shall have a minimum limit of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars
($200,000.00) per each accident.
11.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death
of his employees.
11.1.4 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person
other than his employees;
11.1.5 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are
sustained (1) by any person as a result of any offense directly or indirectly related to the
employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person;
11.1.6 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of
tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and
11.1.7 Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death if any person or property damage
arises out of ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
11.1.8Motor vehicle liability shall be required with limits of at least Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($500,000.00) per claimant, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence for both
bodily injury and property damage and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00)
property damage for owned, hired and non-owned and employers' non-ownership, with the
School District of Palm Beach County as the named insured on the policy.
11.1.9 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance
including contractual liability and products and completed operations insurance. The Owner must
be named as an additional insured on all general liability, automobile, builders risk and installation
floater policies required in this contract. Coverage shall be for bodily and personal injury and
property damages. Limits of liability of the Owner shall be set at One Million Dollars
($1,000,000.00) per claimant and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per incidence or
occurrence.
11.1.10 Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance shall be carried by the Contractor
in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate with the School District of Palm Beach
County as the named insured on the policy.
11.1.11 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall name the Owner as an additional
insured and be written for not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) or any limits required
by Law whichever is greater.
00700-31
11.1.12 Insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall provide a "Hold Harmless" and
"Indemnification" Rider to cover the provisions of Paragraph 4.18 and shall be so noted on the
Contractor's Certificate of Insurance. The Contractor hereby acknowledges receipt of One
Hundred Dollars ($100.00) and other good and valuable consideration from the Owner in
exchange for giving the Owner the Indemnification provided in accord with Paragraph 4.18.
11.1.13 Certificates of Insurance shall be filed with the Owner by the Contractor prior to
commencement of the Work. The Certificates shall contain a provision that coverage afforded
under these policies will not be cancelled until at least ten (10) days prior written notice has been
given to the Owner.
11.2
BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE
11.2.1The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the life of the Project, Builder’s Risk
Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for all policy deductibles on all perils including
named windstorm, flood or earthquake damages. A copy of the Binder outlining established
coverage shall be provided to the Owner upon request.
11.2.2 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.2.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner as trustee
for the insurees, as their interest may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable
mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.2.5. The Owner shall pay each Subcontractor a just
share of any insurance money received by the Owner and by appropriate agreement, written
where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make payment to his Subsubcontractors in similar manner.
11.2.3 Certificates of Insurance and a copy of all policies acceptable to the Owner shall be filed
with the Owner by the Contractor prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall
contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be cancelled until at least
ten (10) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. The Certificate of Insurance shall
also contain the following statement: "The School District of Palm Beach County is an insured in
connection with work contracted to (Name of Contractor). This insurance applies separately to the
School District except with respect to limits of liability and is primary to rather than contributory
with any insurance carried by the School District."
11.2.4 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and the
Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, owners and employees each of the other, and (2) the Owner
and separate contractors, if any, and their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, owners and
employees, for damages to the extent covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph
11.2 or any other insurance applicable to the Work except such rights as they may have to the
proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded the
Owner, his owners and employees shall not extend the liability imposed by Subparagraph 4.18.3.
The Owner or the Contractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by appropriate
agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other
parties enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.2.4.
11.2.5 The Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, deposit in a separate
account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the
parties in interest may reach. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement
of damaged work shall be covered by an appropriate Change Order.
11.2.6 Property Insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of Partial Occupancy or
use.
11.3 INSTALLATION FLOATER: An Installation Floater, in the amount equal to 100 percent
of value of the items to be installed is required when Builder’s Risk Insurance is not appropriate
and there are materials to be installed. Examples include: air conditioning equipment, boilers,
aluminum railings, plumbing fixtures, processing machinery from manufacturing plants, and
similar items. Coverage must be written on an All Risk basis, and the School District of Palm
Beach County must be listed as an additional insured. All deductibles are the responsibility of the
Contractor and must not exceed $1,000.Thirty (30) days written notice must be provided to the
School District Palm Beach County via Certified Mail in the event of impending cancellation.
00700-32
ARTICLE 12
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
12.1
BOND REQUIREMENTS
12.1.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds and maintain throughout the duration of the Project as
provided in Section 255.05 Florida Statutes, et. seq. covering the faithful performance of the
Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds shall be secured by the
Proposer from a surety company licensed in the State of Florida with an "A-" or better in
management and financial strength category specified in 12.1.3.2 below according to the most
recent addition of Best’s Key Rating Guide published by Alfred M. Best Company, Oldwick, New
Jersey, 08858.
12.1.2 The successful Contractor shall be required to provide Surety Bonds in the amount of one
hundred percent (100%) of the Contract amount. The required premiums shall be paid for by the
successful Proposer and shall be included in his Proposal.
12.1.3 In addition to the above-minimum qualifications, the surety company must meet at least
one of the following additional qualifications:
The surety company shall hold a current certificate of authority as acceptable surety on federal
bonds in accordance with the United States Department of Treasury Circular 570, Current
Revisions. If the amount of the Bond exceeds the underwriting limitation set forth in the circular,
in order to qualify, the net retention of the surety company shall not exceed the underwriting
limitation in the circular, and the excess risks must be protected by coinsurance, reinsurance, or
other methods in accordance with Treasury Circular 297, Current Edition. Further, the surety
company shall provide the Owner with evidence satisfactory to the Owner, that such excess risk
has been protected in an acceptable manner.
The surety company shall have at least the following minimum ratings in the latest revision of
Best's Key Rating Guide.
BEST
MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF BOND
FINANCIAL CATEGORY
Up to $5,000,000
$ 5,000,000
$10,000,000
$25,000,000 to $50,000,000
$50,000,000 to $100,000,000
Class V
Class VI
Class VII
Class VIII
Class IX
One (1) set of originals is required. Proof of recordation must be submitted from the Palm Beach
County Record Department.
12.2
TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM BONDS
12.2.1 The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner as specified in Section
00100 Instructions To Proposers.
12.2.2 The Bonds shall be written on Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall
be written in the amount of the Contract Sum and shall continue in effect for one (1) year after
completion and acceptance of the Work.
12.2.3 The Bonds shall be dated on or before the Contract date.
12.2.4 The Contractor shall require the Attorney-In-Fact who executes the required Bonds on
behalf of the Surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the Power of Attorney.
12.2.5 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, Contractor shall ensure
that the Bond or Bonds referenced above shall be recorded in the public records of Palm Beach
County. Proof of recordation must be submitted to the Construction-Purchasing Department.
Two (2) sets of originals are required - one (1) for the School District and one (1) for the County.
00700-33
ARTICLE 13
CHANGES IN THE WORK
13.0
CHANGES
13.1 The Owner, without invalidating this Agreement, may order Changes in the Work (Changes)
within the general scope of this Agreement consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions.
The Contract Sum and the Construction Completion Date may be adjusted accordingly. All
Changes in the Project shall be authorized by Change Order, Construction Change Directive
(CCD) or order for minor change in the project, subject to any limitations stated in Article 7 or
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
13.1.1 Changes in the Project shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract
Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change
Order, CCD or order for a minor change in work.
13.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and
Architect. A CCD requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed
to by the Contractor; and order for Minor Change in the Work may be issued by the Architect
alone.
13.1.3 The total markup for overhead and profit among all tiers of sub-contractors for any Change
in Work shall be 15% of the cost of the Work above for the sub-contractor performing the Change
in Work and 5% for each successively higher tier of Sub-contractor. Ten percent (10%) additional
overhead and profit may be added by the Contractor for the cost of premiums for additional bonds
and insurance, fees and taxes related to the Change in Work, if any.
13.1.4 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change
which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount of actual net cost as
confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and deletions covering the related Work or
substitutions are involved in any one (1) change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be
figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change.
13.1.5 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included
in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner
for a deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be, the actual
net cost as determined by the Architect.
13.1.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the
method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for
determination.
13.1.7 When the Owner and the Contractor agree with the determination with the determination
made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or
otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreements shall be effective
immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
13.2 CHANGE ORDERS
13.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the
Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following:
1. a change in the project
2. the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and
3. the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.
00700-34
13.2.2 The increase or decrease in the Contract Sum resulting from a Change Order shall be
determined in one or more of the following ways:
1. Cost of labor using the rates specified by the Change Order Rate Schedule,
Paragraph 13.3.5
2. Cost of materials, supplies and equipment including transportation
3. Rental costs of machinery and equipment exclusive of hand tools
4. Cost of premiums for additional bonds and insurance, fees and taxes related to the
change.
13.2.3 If none of the methods set forth in Paragraph 13.2.2 is agreed upon, the Contractor,
provided he receives a written order signed by the Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined on the basis of the reasonable
expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributed to the change. However, in the
event a Change Order is issued under these conditions, the Architect will establish an estimated
cost of the work and the Contractor shall not perform any work whose cost exceeds that estimate
without prior written approval by the Owner.
In such case, and also under Article 13.2.1 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such
form as the Owner may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting
data of the increase in the Cost of the Project as outlined in Article 9 of the Agreement. The
amount of decrease in the Guaranteed Maximum Price to be allowed by the Contractor to the
Owner for any deletion or change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the
actual net decrease.
13.2.4 If unit prices are stated in the Agreement or subsequently agreed upon, and if the
quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of
the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the
Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted.
13.2.5 Should concealed conditions encountered in the performance of the Work below the
surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure be at
variance with the conditions indicated by the Drawings, Specifications, or Owner furnished
information or should unknown physical conditions below the surface of the ground or should
concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure of an unusual nature, differing materially
from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character
provided for in this Agreement, be encountered, the Contract Sum and the Construction
Completion date shall be equitably adjusted by Change Order upon a request for Change Order
in accordance with 13.2.
13.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
13.3.1 A Construction Change Directive (CCD) is a written order prepared by the Architect and
signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Project and stating a proposed basis
for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by CCD,
without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Project within the general scope of the
Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract
Time being adjusted accordingly. A CCD shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the
terms of a Change Order. All Construction Change Directives shall be implemented per Board
Policy 7.22.
13.3.2 If the CCD provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based
on one of the following methods:
1. Cost of labor using the rates specified by the Change Order Rate Schedule,
Paragraph 13.3.5
00700-35
2. Cost of materials, supplies and equipment including transportation
3. Rental costs of machinery and equipment exclusive of hand tools
4. Cost of premiums for additional bonds and insurance, fees and taxes related to the
change.
13.3.3 Upon receipt of a CCD, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the
Project involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the
method, if any, provided in the CCD for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum
or Contract Time.
13.3.4 A CCD signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor’s therewith,
including the adjustment in the Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining
them. Such agreement shall become effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change
Order.
13.3.5 CHANGE ORDER RATE SCHEDULE:
Craft
Laborer
Laborer Foreman
Carpenter
Lather
Plasterer
Carpenter Foreman
Mason
Heavy Equipment Operator
Site Foreman
Pipe fitter/ Plumber
Sheet metal worker
Glazier
Electrician
Electrician (controls)
Electrician Foreman
Sprinkler worker
Tile/ Flooring Layer
Painter
Roofer
Ironworker (red)
Ironworker (rebar)
Rate/Hour
$30.00
$32.00
$35.00
$35.00
$38.00
$40.00
$38.00
$35.00
$40.00
$40.00
$40.00
$36.00
$42.00
$44.00
$45.00
$40.00
$33.00
$30.00
$34.00
$45.00
$35.00
Overtime Rate/Hour
$38.00
$40.65
$40.45
$40.45
$48.60
$50.80
$48.60
$40.45
$50.80
$50.80
$50.80
$45.70
$53.35
$55.90
$57.15
$50.80
$41.90
$38.10
$43.20
$57.15
$40.45
13.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME
13.4.1 All claims for additional cost or time shall be made by Change Order submitted as
provided in this Article.
13.4.2 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of
the Owner or the Architect or of any employee of either or by any separate Contractor employed
by the Owner or by any changes ordered in the work by labor disputes, fire, or unusual delay in
transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control or by delay
authorized by the owner pending resolution of disputes, and such delay extends the completion
date, the Substantial Completion shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as
the Owner may determine. Only delays, which are determined to extend the critical path of the
schedule for constructing the Project, will result in a time extension. Neither the Owner nor the
Contractor shall be considered to own the schedule float time.
00700-36
13.5 MINOR CHANGES IN THE PROJECT
13.5.1 The Architect-Engineer will have authority to order minor changes in the Project not
involving an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or an extension of the Construction
Completion Date and not inconsistent with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
changes shall be effected by written order. Documentation of changes shall be determined by
the Construction Team. Changes shall be approved by the Project Manager and the ArchitectEngineer.
13.6 EMERGENCIES
13.6.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at
his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any increase in the Guaranteed
Maximum Price or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work
shall be determined as provided in Article 7.
ARTICLE 14
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
14.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
14.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner or to
requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it shall, if required in writing, be
uncovered for observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
14.1.2 If any other portions of the Work have been covered which the Owner has not specifically
requested to observe prior to being covered, the Owner may request to see such Work and it
shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be
charged to the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall pay such cost unless it be found that this condition was caused by the Owner
or a separate Contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible
for payment of such cost.
14.2
CORRECTION OF WORK
14.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the Owner as defective or as
failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether observed before or after Substantial
Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all
costs of correcting such rejected Work, including compensation for the Owner's additional
services made necessary thereby.
14.2.2 If, within three (3) years after Substantial Completion Date of the Work or within one (1)
year after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment or within such longer periods of
time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranties required by the Contract
Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the
Owner to do so. This obligation shall survive termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give
such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.
14.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the Site all portions of the Work which are defective or
non-conforming and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and
14.2.2.
14.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non-conforming Work as provided in
Subparagraphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 14.2.2 the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph
3.4
14.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the correction of such defects or non-conforming
Work within a reasonable time fixed by a written notice, the Owner may remove it and may store
the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the
00700-37
cost of such removal and storage within ten (10) days thereafter, the Owner may upon the ten
(10) additional days written notice sell such Work at an auction or at a private sale and shall
account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all costs that should have been borne by the
Contractor, including compensation for the Owner's additional services made necessary thereby.
If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne, the
difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued.
If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,
the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
14.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of the Owner or separate
Contractors destroyed or damaged by such correction or removal.
14.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be construed to establish a period of
limitation with respect to any other obligation which the Contractor might have under the Contract
Documents, including Paragraph 4.5. The establishment of the time period two (1) years after the
Substantial Completion Date or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the
terms of any warranty required by the Contract Documents relates only to the specific obligation
of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which his
obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time
within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to
his obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
14.3
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING WORK
14.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non-conforming Work he may do so instead of
requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order shall be issued to reflect a
reduction in the Contract Sum where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustments shall be
effected whether or not final payment has been made.
ARTICLE 15
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
15.1
TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
15.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days
through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or
employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the
Contractor, for any of the following reasons:
1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction;
2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material
unavailable;
3 Because the Owner has not issued a "Certificate for Payment" and has not notified the
Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph
9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a "Certificate for Payment"
within the time stated in the Contract Documents and the Owner does not have a right
provided in this Agreement;
4
If repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner, as described in
Paragraph 14.3, constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number
of days schedules for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is
less; or
5 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's
request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1.
15.1.2 If one (1) of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional
days written notice to the Owner, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for
Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction
equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages.
00700-38
15.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 90 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work
under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's
obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the
Work, the Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional days written notice to the Owner, terminate
the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2.
15.2
TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
15.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the
benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he
persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided,
to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt
payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or disregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a violation
of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, if sufficient cause exists to justify such
action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his
surety, seven (7) days written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the Site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever method that he
may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further
payment until the Work is finished.
15.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the cost of finishing the Work,
including compensation for any additional services made necessary thereby, such excesses shall
be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner upon demand. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or to the Owner,
as the case may be. This obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.
15.2.3
When the Owner terminates the Contract for one (1) of the reasons stated in
Subparagraph 15.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the
Work is finished.
15.2.4 The costs of finishing the Work includes, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys' fees,
insurance, Architects' and Engineers' fees, personnel time multiplied by 2.5 of the Direct
Personnel Expense, insurance, loss of use because of delay, and all other direct, indirect and
consequential costs incurred by the Owner by reason of the termination of the Contractor as
stated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall allow the Owner to
obtain double recovery for said items.
15.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE AND/OR TERMINATION FOR
CONVENIENCE
15.3.1
The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or
interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
15.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract,
including profit on the increased cost of performance, causes by suspension, delay or
interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:
15.3.2.1 That performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by
another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or
15.3.2.2 That an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this
Contract.
15.3.3
Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or
percentage fee.
15.3.4 The Owner reserves the right at anytime and for any reason whatsoever, in the Owner's
absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement and the services of the Contractor and the Work
by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Contractor. Is such event, the Contractor shall be
entitled to, and the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for that portion of the Work completed
00700-39
prior to the effective date of termination in accordance with the Schedule of Values. The
Contractor's reimbursement shall also include materials provided to the Project that were ordered
prior to the receipt of the notice of termination, and for Work performed that is completed and not
covered by the most current Certificate of Payment.
When the Design /Builder is in receipt of the Notice of Termination no materials shall be ordered
or paid for by the Owner except for those which the Owner may specifically authorize in writing,
also the Contractor shall not perform any Work except such Work as may be directed by the
Owner in writing or as necessary to protect persons or property and to prepare to demobilize from
the site. Since the Contract Price covers demobilization, only the Contractor's cost of protecting
the Work would be compensable. The Contractor shall not be entitled to loss of profit from the
project for uncompleted work. In addition, should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that
the Owner wrongfully terminated this Agreement without cause, then the Contractor agrees to
treat such termination as a termination for convenience hereunder.
ARTICLE 16
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (SBPBC)
16.1 Mandatory Nondiscrimination Contract Clause: Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis
of race, gender, gender identity or expression, religion, national origin, ethnicity, sexual
orientation, age, or disability in the solicitation, selection, hiring, or treatment of subcontractors,
vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers. Contractor shall provide equal opportunity for
subcontractors to participate in all of its public sector and private sector subcontracting
opportunities, provided that nothing contained in this clause shall prohibit or limit otherwise lawful
efforts to remedy the effects of marketplace discrimination that has occurred or is occurring in the
marketplace, such as those specified in Palm Beach County School Board Policy 6.143.
Contractor understands and agrees that violation of this clause is a material breach of the
contract and may result in contract termination, debarment, or other sanctions.
16.2 Commercial Nondiscrimination: It is the policy of the School Board of Palm Beach County
not to accept bids or proposals from, nor to engage in business with, any business firm that has
discriminated on the basis of race, gender, gender identity or expression, religion, national origin,
ethnicity, sexual orientation, age, disability, or any other form of unlawful discrimination in its
solicitation, selection, hiring, or treatment of another business.
16.3 Contractor Bid Requirements: If applicable, the Bidder will submit with their bid a list all
instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against Bidder in a
legal or administrative proceeding alleging that Bidder discriminated on the basis of race, gender,
gender identity or expression, religion, national origin, ethnicity, sexual orientation, age, or
disability against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a
description of the status or resolution of each such complaint, including any remedial action
taken.
16.4 Contract Disclosure Requirements: Upon the School District’s request, and upon the filing of
a complaint against Contractor pursuant to Palm Beach County School Board Policy 6.144,
Contractor agrees to provide the School District, within sixty calendar days, a truthful and
complete list of the names of all subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers that Contractor has used
in the past five years on any of its contracts that were undertaken within the Palm Beach County
School District relevant geographic market as defined Palm Beach County School Board Policy
No. 6.143, including the total dollar amount paid by Contractor for each subcontract or supply
contract. Contractor agrees to fully cooperate in any investigation conducted by the School
District pursuant to this Policy. Contractor understands and agrees that violation of this clause is
a material breach of the contract and may result in contract termination, debarment, and other
sanctions.
END OF SECTION
00700-40
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 00850
INDEX
ARTICLE 1 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS
1.1 Toxic Substances
1.2 Hazardous Waste
1.3 Asbestos
1.4 Well-Field Protection
1.5 Lead - Plumbing/Paint
1.6 Use of Toxic or Hazardous Materials During Occupied Times
1.7 Mercury Containing Devices and Ballast Management
1.8 Restriction Against Construction Activity Which Generates Toxic or Hazardous Materials
During Occupied School Hours
1.9 Use of Materials During Occupied School Hours
1.10 Coordination with Local Laws
1.11 Contractor Extension of Time
ARTICLE 2 - SAFETY CONCERNS
2.1 Trench Safety Act
2.2 Code of Federal Regulations, Labor-29 Part 1926 Latest Revision
2.3 Declaration of Alcohol and Drug Free Zone
2.4 Background Check and Fingerprinting
ARTICLE 3 - OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE
3.1 Owner’s Representative
ARTICLE 4 - MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Definition
4.2 Industry Specific Remedial Requirement
4.3 Bid Requirements and Procedures Prior to Contract Award
4.4 Good Faith Efforts Non-compliance Supplement
4.5 Recommendations for Meeting Participation Requirements:
4.6 Good Faith Efforts
4.7 Recommendation of Award
4.8 Award of Contract:
4.9. Requirements and Procedures Subsequent to Contract Award:
ARTICLE 5 - BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
5.1 Building Energy Management System Equipment
00850-1
ARTICLE 1
ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS
1.1
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
1.1.1 The Contractor and their Subcontractor(s) shall submit a written list of all toxic
substances, pursuant to Chapter 38F-41, FAC, known to be used on this project at
commencement of award. Said list must be sent in triplicate to the Architect at least five (5)
days prior to the commencement of construction, and for additional substance, prior to usage on
site. Said notification shall contain the following:
1.1.1.1 The name of the substance to be used,
1.1.1.2 Where the substance is to be used; and
1.1.1.3 When the substance will be used.
1.1.1.4 The Contractor must also attach to the notification a copy of a Material Safety Data
Sheet (M.S.D.S.) as defined in Chapter 442.103, Florida Statutes, for each toxic substance to
be used.
1.2
HAZARDOUS WASTE
1.2.1 The Contractor is responsible for the proper storage, handling and disposal of
hazardous wastes generated at a school site during construction or maintenance activities.
1.2.2 Contractors must notify the Architect of their intent to generate, store and remove
hazardous waste from a site. Any costs including, but not limited to, fines, disposal and clean
up incurred by the Owner to comply with the proper storage and disposal of hazardous waste
shall be withheld from final payment to the Contractor.
1.3
ASBESTOS
1.3.1 Any maintenance, construction, renovation, demolition, or other alteration of an
educational facility and other ancillary facilities must be cleared through the School District’s
Environmental Control Office (ECO) to preclude disturbance of asbestos-containing materials.
Failure to obtain proper clearance will subject the Contractor to all expenses incurred in
decontaminating the facility and such fines or penalties associated with the same.
1.3.2 Neither the Contractor nor their Subcontractors shall use or substitute building materials
which contain asbestos for any component of an educational facility. Contractors will be held
liable for the cost of removing any asbestos-containing building materials (A.C.B.M.) and
reinstallation of non-asbestos building materials should subsequent sampling of materials reveal
the presence of more than one percent (1%) asbestos.
1.3.3 The Contractor engaged in removal of bituminous resinous asbestos containing roofing
materials (BRACRM) shall be either:
1.3.3.1 A “State of Florida Licensed Roofing Contractor” in accordance with Sections 455.301 455.309, Florida Statutes, and shall employ and have present on-site a supervisor who has
attended a Roofing Supervisor course and an Asbestos Worker course, during all BRACRM
removal and related activities. These courses must be approved by the Asbestos Oversight
Program Team or,
1.3.3.2 A “State of Florida Licensed Asbestos Contractor” in accordance with Sections 455.301
- 455.309, Florida Statutes.
00850-2
1.3.3.3 Copies of “Certificate of Attendance” of all on-site supervisors for Supervisor course
and Asbestos Worker course in accordance with Florida Statute 469.01 et seq shall be
submitted.
1.4
WELL-FIELD PROTECTION
1.4.1 Palm Beach County’s Well-Field Protection Ordinance requires that all construction
activity follow their procedures in a well-field zone.
1.4.1.1 The General Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that each Subcontractor
evaluates each site before construction is initiated to determine if any site conditions may pose
particular problems for the handling of any regulated substances. For instance, handling
regulated substances in the proximity of ground water, surface water or wetlands may be
improper.
1.4.1.2 If any regulated substances are stored on the construction site during the construction
process, they shall be stored in a location and manner which will minimize any possible risk of
release to the environment. Any storage container of 55 gallons, or 440 pounds, or more
containing regulated substances shall have constructed below it an impervious containment
system constructed of materials of sufficient thickness, density and composition that will prevent
the discharge to the land, groundwaters, or surface waters, of any pollutant which may emanate
from said storage container or containers. Each containment system shall be able to contain
150% of the contents of all storage containers above the containment system.
1.4.1.3 Each Contractor shall familiarize himself with the manufacturer’s Material Safety Data
Sheet supplied with each material containing a regulated substance and shall be familiar with
procedures required to contain and clean up any releases of the regulated substance. Any tools
or equipment necessary to accomplish same shall be available in case of a release.
1.4.1.4 Upon completion of construction, all unused and waste regulated substances and
containment systems shall be removed from the construction site by the responsible Contractor
and shall be disposed of in a proper manner as prescribed by law.
1.5
LEAD - PLUMBING/PAINT
1.5.1 All potable water plumbing fixtures, including faucets, valves, bubblers, water coolers,
ice machines and related lines and solder, must be supplied with a manufacturer’s certification
that these materials do not contain lead. In the interest of protecting the students and staff, this
is more restrictive than the E.P.A. allowance of 8% lead in plumbing fixtures.
1.5.2 All paints used in school facilities must not contain greater than 0.06 percent lead by
weight of the dried paint film. A manufacturer’s certification of this lead content must be
provided.
1.5.3 Any lead paint removal in the District must conform with all applicable guidelines as
stated in: “Lead Based Paint Interim Guidelines for Hazardous Identification and Abatement in
Public and Indian Housing”, September 1990 and “Construction Standard for Lead Paint
29CFR1926.62”.
1.6
USE OF TOXIC OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DURING OCCUPIED TIMES
1.6.1 The Contractor shall not use any toxic or hazardous material during occupied times that
will expose PBC School District students and staff to any danger. This includes, but is not
limited to the use of hot asphalt, paints, pesticides, adhesives, including plastic roofing cement,
single- ply roofing adhesives, asphalt primer, sealants, solvents, gasoline and aluminum roofing
coatings or glues. These products could be used if conditions preclude exposure to students
and staff. The Contractor must take this into consideration when planning their work schedule
around school operating hours as necessary.
00850-3
1.7
MERCURY CONTAINING DEVICES AND BALLAST MANAGEMENT
1.7.1
Remodeling and Renovations.
1.7.1.1 Prior to remodeling or demolition, the number of lighting fixtures with fluorescent tubes
and oil containing ballasts, thermostats, and switches requiring removal will be determined by
the Contractor.
1.7.1.2 The Contractor shall determine the appropriate number of drums for ballast storage or
proper fluorescent tube containers from the recycler prior to removal from the fixtures by the
Contractor.
1.7.1.3 All affected items shall be removed by Contractor. This shall occur before project
commencement. The Project Manager will assure that Contractor conforms to contract
specifications for safe handling, storing and/or disposing of any non-electronic ballast or
mercury containing device.
1.7.1.4 The Contractor shall place all items (discussed above) in appropriate containers and will
notify the Facility/Project Manager when finished. The Recycling Contractor will then be
contacted by Project Manager. Small quantities of less than one fluorescent tube recycling
container shall be stored on site or picked up by warehouse for storing until a pick up can be
arranged. Small quantities of mercury switches, mercury thermostats and non-electronic
ballasts of less than one drum will be transported to area maintenance until a pick up by
recycler or disposal firm can be arranged.
1.7.1.5 Facility/Project Manager will sign Shipping Statements from Recycling Contractor and
forward the documents to ECO.
1.8 RESTRICTION AGAINST CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY WHICH GENERATES TOXIC OR
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DURING OCCUPIED SCHOOL HOURS
1.8.1 The Contractor shall not perform any construction activity during occupied school hours
which generates toxic or hazardous materials. Such activity includes, but is not limited to
cutting, drilling, coring, removal, or other disturbance of existing materials which may contain, or
which are known to contain fiberglass, lead, lead containing paint, coal tar pitch or asphalt.
1.9
USE OF MATERIALS DURING OCCUPIED SCHOOL HOURS
1.9.1 The use of materials and performance activities referenced under Paragraphs 1.6 and
1.8 shall be restricted to days/hours during which the school facility is unoccupied by students
and staff. Refer to the calendar included in this Project Manual to determine the days/hours
when the school facility will be unoccupied by students and staff.
1.9.1.1 At the discretion of the School District of Palm Beach County representatives, some of
the restrictions referenced under Paragraphs 1.6 and 1.8 may be waived if conditions preclude
exposure of students and staff.
1.10
COORDINATION WITH LOCAL LAWS
1.10.1 Nothing in this section shall act to alter the effect of restrictions imposed by local
government zoning laws and ordinances. The Contractor shall be responsible to discover such
local governmental zoning laws and ordinances, to restrict their construction activities in order to
comply with same and to account for such restrictions of construction activities when planning
this work schedule.
00850-4
1.11
CONTRACTOR EXTENSION OF TIME
1.11.1 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of the Contract Time for delays
resulting from the restrictions referenced under Paragraphs 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10.
ARTICLE 2
SAFETY CONCERNS
2.1
TRENCH SAFETY ACT (WHEN APPLICABLE)
2.1.1 The Contractor shall comply with the Trench Safety Act, Chapters 90-96, Florida
Statutes and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard 29 C.F.R.S.
1926.650, subpart P. The Contractor shall be required to design a Trench Safety System and
provide the Owner with the following information should trench excavation be in excess of five
(5) feet.
2.1.1.1 The bid submitted by the Contractor to perform such excavation shall include:
2.1.1.1.1 A reference to the trench safety standards that will be in effect during the period of
construction of the Work.
2.1.1.1.2 Written assurance by the Contractor performing the trench excavation that such
Contractor will comply with the applicable trench safety standards.
2.1.1.1.3 A separate item identifying the cost of compliance with the applicable trench safety
standards.
2.1.1.2
A Contractor performing trench excavation shall:
2.1.1.2.1 As a minimum, comply with the excavation safety standards which are applicable to
the Work.
2.1.1.2.2 Adhere to special shoring requirements, if any, of the State or other political
subdivision which may be applicable to such Work.
2.1.1.2.3 If any geotechnical information is available from the Owner, the Contractor, or
otherwise, the Contractor performing trench excavation shall consider this information in the
Contractor’s design of the trench safety system which will be employed on the Work. This
paragraph shall not require the Owner to obtain geotechnical information.
2.1.1.2.4 The separate item identifying the cost of compliance with Trench Safety standards
shall be based on the linear feet or cubic yards of trench to be excavated. The separate item for
special shoring requirements, if any, shall be based on the square feet of shoring used. Every
separate item shall indicate the specific method of compliance as well as the cost of that
method.
2.1.1.2.5 The Contractor shall prepare a form containing the costs required by Article 2.1.1.2.4,
above, and submit this form within five (5) Owner-Business Days.
2.2
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, LABOR-29 PART 1926 LATEST REVISION
2.2.3 The Contractor shall adhere to all pertinent rules and regulations including, but not
limited to, Code of Federal Regulation, Labor - 29, Part 1926, (Latest Revision).
00850-5
2.3
DECLARATION OF ALCOHOL AND DRUG FREE ZONE
2.3.1 Article 10.2 of the General Conditions requires the Contractor to take reasonable
precautions for safety of the Work. To enhance the safety of the site, the Contractor shall
prohibit all alcoholic beverages and drugs therefrom.
2.3.2 The Contractor shall post signage indicating that the Job Site is an “Alcohol and Drug
Free Construction Site” and such acts are prohibited by the Contract with the Owner.
2.4
BACKGROUND CHECK AND FINGERPRINTING
All non-instructional contractors (which includes, but is not limited to all employees of the
Contractor and all of its subcontractors, vendors, individuals, other entities, etc.) under contract
with the School Board (or who receives remuneration for services performed for the School
District or a school) who are permitted access on school grounds when students are present,
who have direct contact with students or who have access to or control of school funds must
undergo level 2 screening. Level 2 screening consists of fingerprinting and a background
check, as set forth in Section 1012.32, Florida Statutes. All contractual personnel agree to
undergo a background check and fingerprinting if he/she is an individual who meets any of the
above conditions and to require that all employees and subcontractors of the organization who
meet any of the above conditions submit to a background check, including fingerprinting by the
School Board’s Police Department, at the sole cost of the Contractor. Contract personnel shall
not begin providing services contemplated by the Contract until he or she receives notice of
clearance by the School Board. Neither the School Board, nor its members, officers,
employees, nor agents, shall be liable under any legal theory for any claim whatsoever for the
rejection of the Contractor (or discontinuation of the Contractor’s services) on the basis of these
compliance obligations. Contractor agrees that neither the Contractor, nor any employee, agent
nor representative of the Contractor who has been convicted or who is currently under
investigation for a crime delineated in Section 435.04, Florida Statutes, will be employed in the
performance of this Contract. All exceptions to certain fingerprinting and criminal history checks
pursuant to Section 1012.468, Florida Statutes (2007) shall apply.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE
3.1
As referenced in Section 00700, Article 2.6, the Owner’s representative for this project
shall be the Project Manager.
ARTICLE 4
SMALL AND MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION (GOALS) REQUIREMENTS
4.1 POLICY
4.1.1 It is the policy of the School District of Palm Beach County that Minority and Women
Business Enterprises (M/WBEs) have the maximum practical opportunity to participate in the
competitive process of supplying goods and services to the District. To that end, the Palm
Beach County School Board enacted Policy 6.143 Diversity and Equitable Utilization in
Business. They are incorporated in this solicitation. Compliance with the requirements shall
result in a bidder being deemed responsive. The provisions of 6.143 that are amended and are
applicable to this solicitation shall have precedence in the event of any conflict. As required by
School Board Policy 6.143:
a)
The SBE & M/WBE Procedure Manual (as part of Policy 6.143) is incorporated by
reference and the Contractor’s failure to comply with any of its requirements will be
considered a breach of contract
00850-6
4.2
b)
The Contractor shall maintain and submit to the District all relevant records and
information necessary to document compliance with Policy 6.143). The District has
the right to inspect such records
c)
Bidders, who meet the established goals or exercise sufficient good faith efforts to do
so, as provided in the Policy 6.143 and the SBE & M/WBE Procedures Manual, will be
deemed to be responsive and responsible to M/WBE requirements. The contract
award shall be made to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder/Proposer meeting
the M/WBE subcontracting goals for the contract/project, when that Bidder’s price
does not exceed the lowest bidder’s price by an amount greater than the dollar or
percentage amount set by the Goal Setting Committee per Policy 6.143(8) (a).
DEFINITIONS
4.2.1 The following terms shall have the listed meanings. These definitions shall not apply
outside of this Section where inconsistent with those listed elsewhere in the Invitation To Bid
Document.
4.2.2 Sub-Consultant: A person or entity who has a direct contract with the prime proposer to
perform a portion of the Work.
4.2.3 Small Business Enterprises (SBE or SBEs): Any business firm that is certified by the
District’s Office of Diversity in Business Practices (ODBP) at the time the of proposal submittal
as having an average annual gross sales and an average number of full-time employees over
the last three years that are less than fifty percent (50%) of the small business size standards as
most recently defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration for the business firm’s relevant
industry. In addition, such certified SBE firm must have received less than one million dollars
($1 million) in contract payments from District projects or contracts in the fiscal year preceding
this bid. Certified SBE firms must also be domiciled in Palm Beach County.
4.2.4 Minority Business Enterprise (MBE or M/WBE): Any business firm that is certified by the
School District of Palm Beach County’s Office of Diversity in Business Practices (ODBP) as
being at least 51% owned, managed, and controlled by one or more minority persons or by the
State of Florida Office of Supplier Diversity as minority group members who are citizens of
the United States or lawfully admitted permanent residents who are African Americans
as defined in School Board Policy 6.143.
Such M/WBEs must employ no more than 200 permanent full-time employees and that,
together with its affiliates, has a net worth of not more than five million dollars ($5 million) or any
firm based in this state which has a Small Business Administration 8(a) certification (and as
applicable to sole proprietorships, the $5 million net worth requirement shall include both
personal and business investments); and is domiciled in Palm Beach County, Miami-Dade
County, or Ft. Lauderdale metropolitan statistical areas (MSA), or is domiciled the State of
Florida and can demonstrate that it routinely bids on and/or performs contracts in Palm Beach
County; and is lawfully organized and licensed to engage in commercial transactions.
4.2.5 Director of Office of Diversity in Business Practices (ODBP): The employee of the
School Board of Palm Beach County, who is responsible for the coordination, implementation
and monitoring of the SBE – M/WBE Programs.
4.2.6 Goal Setting Committee: A committee established under the auspices of the Office
of
Diversity in Business (ODBP) with the responsibility of reviewing the contract bid and RFP
documents and determining the appropriate type and scope of industry specific remedial
programs to be applied to the contract. This committee is comprised of professional and seniorlevel representatives from the following departments of the School District:
00850-7
a. Department of Purchasing;
b. Office of Diversity in Business Practices;
c. Chief Operating Officer;
d. Superintendent’s Designee; and
e. The department responsible for letting the contract.
4.2.7 Director of the Purchasing Department: An employee of the School Board of Palm Beach
County, the School Board's designated administrator of the Invitation To Bid process.
4.2.8 Project Manager: An employee of the School Board of Palm Beach County assigned
this project.
to
4.2.9 Any pending application with the Palm Beach County School District or the State of
Florida Office of Supplier Diversity shall not be considered as certification of the vendor
submitting application for consideration as an M/WBE or SBE Firm. The Palm Beach County
School District does have reciprocity with two other governmental entities for Small Business
Enterprises. Reciprocity has been established with the City of West Palm Beach and Palm
Beach County as prescribed in the Inter-local Agreement adopted by the Board on February 21,
2007. Inquiries regarding listings of the District and State Certified Minority/Women-owned and
Small Business Enterprises can be made to the Office of Diversity in Business Practices, 3300
Forest Hill Boulevard - Suite A-106, West Palm Beach, FL 33406, (561) 434-8508 or on our
website at: http:/www.PalmBeachSchools.org/mwbe.
4.3 GOOD FAITH EFFORTS
4.3.1 Compliance and Good Faith Efforts-Contractors submitting bids or proposals to provide
goods and services to the District shall exercise good-faith efforts to comply with the
participation goals for the contract as established under this program. Any act or omission by
the District shall not relieve the contractor of this responsibility. The District reserves the right to
reject any bid or proposal deemed non-responsive for failing to meet these requirements (and
the Board also reserves the right to reject any proposals from bidders who have previously
failed to perform properly under a contract with the Board, whether by omission or by
commission of an act of such serious and compelling nature that the act indicates a serious lack
of business integrity or honesty).
(a) Proposers shall provide the District with all documentation required in the invitation to bid or
RFP regarding M/WBE participation and good faith efforts. The documents shall include a list of
all subcontractors, including certified M/WBE subcontractors, who will be used on the contract.
(b) The contractor’s Proposal must include evidence of good faith efforts to achieve the
established Project Goal. The District shall consider, at a minimum, the following criteria in
determining good faith efforts (although this list is not intended to be exclusive or exhaustive,
and the District will look not only at the different kinds of efforts the contractor has made, but
also at the quality, quantity, intensity, and timeliness of those efforts):
i.
attendance at the pre-bid conference, if held;
ii.
the specific work the contractor intended to subcontract;
iii.
whether and when the contractor provided written notice to all certified M/WBEs listed
as District M/WBEs who perform the type of work to be subcontracted, and their level
of interest in the contract and obtaining information for the review and inspection of
contract plans and specifications;
00850-8
iv.
whether the contractor selected feasible portions of work to be performed by M/WBEs
including, where appropriate, de-bundling contracts or combining elements of work
into feasible units (the ability of the contractor to perform the work with its own
workforce will not in itself excuse a contractor from making positive efforts to meet
contract goals);
v.
whether the contractor has utilized M/WBE subcontractors on other District contracts
within the past six months;
vi.
whether the contractor advertised in general circulation, trade association, and/or
minority/women- or small-business-focused media concerning the subcontracting
opportunities;
vii.
whether the contractor followed up initial solicitations of interest by contacting M/WBE
to determine with certainty whether the M/WBEs were interested;
viii. whether the contractor provided interested M/WBEs assistance in reviewing the
contract plans and specifications;
ix.
whether the contractor offered to assist interested M/WBE firms in obtaining required
bonding, lines of credit, or insurance if such assistance was necessary;
x.
whether the contractor effectively used the services of available minority/women
community organizations, minority/women contract groups or local, state, and federal
M/WBE assistance offices, and other organizations that provide assistance in the
recruitment and placement of M/WBEs;
xi.
whether the prime contractor or vendor is actively participating in a mentoring
program, which will contribute to the development of M/WBE contractors or vendors;
xii.
whether the contractor considered all quotes received from M/WBEs (and the
contractor shall provide an explanation of why the M/WBE quotes were not accepted
for use in the contract. Receipt of a lower quote from a non-M/WBE or non-SBE will
not in itself excuse a contractor from making positive efforts to meet contract goals);
xiii. whether the contractor negotiated in good faith with interested M/WBEs, not rejecting
M/WBEs as unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of
their capabilities; and
xiv. whether the contractor’s efforts were merely pro forma and, given all relevant
circumstances, could not reasonably be expected to provide sufficient M/WBE
participation to meet the goals.
(c) The department responsible for letting the contract shall forward the contract documents
relative to M/WBE participation to the ODBP within the time prescribed in the document, which
time shall not exceed 31 business days after bid/proposal opening and must be prior to
commencement of the contract/project.
(d) If an M/WBE subcontractor listed in contractor’s bid or proposal becomes decertified after
submission of bids or proposals, but prior to the award of the contract, the ODBP shall require
the contractor to attain the M/WBE goal with another certified M/WBE within a specific
reasonable time frame.
(e) If an M/WBE subcontractor for any reason no longer remains associated with the contract
after award of the contract, that M/WBE shall be replaced with another certified M/WBE unless
ODBP grants written approval to the contrary.
00850-9
4.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MEETING GOALS
4.4.1 Meeting the goal or making good faith efforts to do so is a condition of being awarded this
contract. The listing of a M/WBE Subcontractor by a Contractor shall constitute a representation
by the Contractor that such entity is qualified, willing and available, and a commitment by the
Contractor that, upon Board approval of the Amendment of the Agreement, he / she will enter
into a subcontracts in an amount as set forth in PBSD Form 1526, subject to the terms of the
Contract Documents.
4.5 COUNTING M/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION TOWARD CONTRACT GOAL
1) Once the ODBP has determined a firm to be an eligible M/WBE firm, the total dollar
value of the contract awarded to the M/WBE firm is counted toward the goal, except as
limited by paragraph (2) through (3), below.
2) The School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida will count toward the goal a portion of
the total dollar value of a contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the
ownership and control of the M/WBE Subcontractor partner in the joint venture.
3) Consistent with normal industry practices, an M/WBE Subcontractor may enter into
subcontracts. If the M/WBE Subcontractor subcontracts such an entity subcontracts a
significantly greater portion of the work of the contract than would be expected on the
basis of normal industry practices to non-minority subcontractors, the entity shall be presumed not to be acceptable as an M/WBE Sub-subcontractor.
4.6 RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER CONTRACT AWARD
4.6.1 All Contractors hereby assure that they will meet the M/WBE participation percentages
submitted in their respective bids with the Subconsultants and Subcontractors on PBSD Form
1526 and at the dollar values specified. Contractor agrees to provide any additional information
requested by the District to substantiate M/WBE participation.
4.6.2 The Contractor shall submit an executed and notarized or corporate sealed Form 1528
“Subconsultant Contractor Services and Subcontractor/Vendor Utilization Reports" and PBSD
Form 1620 Release of Claims and Waiver of Lien and/or Verification of Payment for M/WBE
Subcontractors, Subconsultants and vendors from previous payments received, less retainage .
Both forms shall be submitted with each "Application and Certification of Payment". PBSD
Form 1621 Final Release and Verification of Payment including retainage shall be provided prior
to the District’s payment to the Contractor of final retainage. If subcontractor, subconsultant and
vendor payment application for a particular month is zero dollars, the Contractor shall submit an
executed and notarized form 1528, indicating zero payments for that month. The Monthly
Subcontractors/Vendors Utilization Reports (PBSD 1528) are to be filled out by the Contractor
and the Partial Release of Claims and Waiver of Lien and/or Verification of Payment PBSD
1620 and Final Release of Claims and Waiver of Lien and/or Verification of Payment PBSD
1621 respectively are to be executed by the M/WBE firm to verify receipt of payment. These
forms must reflect the current payment information. Failure to provide accurate information
shall delay approval of the Application For Payment. The sample report and the instruction are
available to the Contractor from the Office of Diversity in Business Practices. The Application for
Payment will not be processed without Form PBSD 1528 and Form 1620 and/or Form 1621.
4.6.3 Noncompliance with Monthly Monitoring: Failure of the Contractor to comply with the
provisions of Article 4, or to provide the required documentation may be considered by the
Owner as a material breach of contract. Such failure may also preclude the Contractor from
further receipt of progress payments.
00850-10
4.7 Closeout Compliance Report
4.7.1 The Contractor must complete the Close-out M/WBE Compliance Report and submit the
Report as an attachment to the Final Pay Application to the Program Management (PM) Senior
Project Administrator (SPA), and to the Office of Diversity in Business Practices (ODBP) after
completion of all work on the Project. Final payment will not be processed unless the
Contractor has submitted, attached to the Final Payment Application, a completed Report. PM
and ODBP will verify the information included in the Report.
4.8
INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC REMEDIAL REQUIREMENTS
4.8.1 The Business Diversity Committee has determined that the following terms and conditions
of M/WBE industry-specific remedial programs shall apply to this RFP and resulting contract:
Based upon availability analysis of current data collected from registered vendors of the School
District, the proportion of all professional services firms that are certified M/WBEs, as defined in
Paragraph 4.1.1.4 herein, and that are ready, willing, and able to perform the type of work
required to be performed under this contract is estimated to be 9%. This percentage represents
the M/WBE participation requirement for this contract.
4.8.2 M/WBE Bid Preference: Bid Preference of 5% has been established for this Project. This
Bid Preference will be applied to Bids submitted by firms meeting the requirements for MWBE and
certified as African American (as defined in Special Conditions, Article 4, Paragraph 4.1.1.4) by
the School District of Palm Beach County Office of Diversity in Business Practice (ODBP).
Following the bid opening the ODBP will verify each Bidder that meets these requirements. The
contract will be awarded to the responsive, responsible non-certified Bidder that submits the
lowest Total Bid amount meeting the established Contract Goal for M/WBE participation unless
the Total Bid amount submitted by a Bidder that is certified as a State of Florida or School District
of Palm Beach County M/WBE does not exceed the lowest Total Bid amount submitted by a noncertified Bidder by an amount greater than $50,000 or 5% of the non-certified Bidder’s Total Bid
amount , whichever is less. In instances where the difference in a certified M/WBE's Total Bid
amount is greater than $50,000 or 5%, the lowest responsive, responsible non-certified Bidder will
be awarded the contract and the Bid Preference shall be deemed waived.
4.8.3 Form 1528, Subcontractor/Subconsultant (Including M/WBE) Utilization Report shall be
submitted by consultant with all requests for payment pursuant to an awarded contract.
4.8.4 Contract Goal: The stated Goal is to have 9% of the Work under the contract performed
by qualified African American M/WBE Subcontractors. This established Contract Goal shall
include all addendums and contract modifications.
All determinations of compliance or non-compliance of the Bidder with the requirements of this
Provision, and of the appropriate consequences of noncompliance, shall be made by the School
Board of Palm Beach County, Florida, as provided herein. All such determinations shall be final
and binding.
4.8.5 M/WBE Bidders: A Bidder who is an M/WBE Certified Bidder may, subject to compliance
with the applicable requirements, achieve the stated goal by performing with his own forces
work with a value equal to the percentage goal.
4.8.6 Unavailable: An M/WBE Subcontractor is unavailable to do specific work if:
a) He/She has been “timely” informed of the terms and specifications of the Contract
and declines to submit needed to intelligently formulate a Bid to do such work or to
decline an opportunity to do so, but Timely informed is defined as being informed
with sufficient time and information to formulate and submit a realistic Bid. Bidders
should document contract times and dates.
00850-11
b) He/She does not intend, or is unable to make a Bid because of lack of interest,
inability to meet the reasonable and ordinary demands connected with doing such
work, unwillingness inability to meet the specifications for such work, unwillingness
inability to work on this project or in this geographic area or such other reason as is
determined by the School Board of Palm Beach County to be sufficient.
4.9 Bid Requirements and Procedures Prior to Contract Award:
4.9.1 Pre-Award Submittals: As a condition of contract award, the Bidder shall submit to the
Owner the following documents (utilizing copies of Owner provided standard forms) concerning
M/WBE Bidder and Subcontractor participation in the contract:
1. Letter of Intent- M/WBE Subcontractor Participation: A letter, to the Bidder from
each prospective Certified M/WBE Subcontractor that has agreed to participate in the
project, stating Trade Items, and dollar amounts (PBSD Form 1525).
2. Summary- M/WBE Subcontractors Participating: Wherein all Subcontractors are
listed, together with their Contract (Trade) Items, and subcontract dollar value
amounts (PBSD Form 1528). The total M/WBE subcontract dollar value amount is
compared to the Total Bid amount (Base Bid and accepted Alternates, if any) as a
percentage (%), which should equal or exceed the Contract stated Contract Goal..
3. Unavailability Certification- M/WBE Subcontractor Participation: If the Bidder is
unable to obtain adequate M/WBE Subcontractor Participation to meet the Contract
Goal, he/she should request execution of PBSD Form 1629, Good Faith Efforts
Noncompliance Supplement for each M/WBE Subcontractor he/she has solicited, but
who cannot participate for reasons of their own. This is necessary to show good faith
effort on the Bidders part to meet the Contract Goal.
Failure to submit the requested forms within the allotted time will render a Bid non-responsive.
4.9
Good Faith Efforts Non-compliance Supplement:
4.9.1 If the Bidder is unable to obtain adequate M/WBE Subcontractor Participation to
meet the Contract Goal, he/she shall request execution of PBSD Form 1629, Good Faith
Efforts Non-compliance Supplement, and PBSD Form 1527, Minority/Woman Business
Enterprise (M/WBE) Subcontract or Participation Good Faith Effort, for each M/WBE
Subcontractor he/she has solicited, but who cannot participate for reasons of their own.
This is necessary to show good faith effort on the Bidder’s part to meet the Contract
Goal.
4.9.2 If the information submitted in response to the previous paragraph demonstrates a
Bidder does not meet the M/WBE Subcontractor Goal, the Bidder shall submit
information sufficient to satisfy the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida that the
Bidder has made good faith efforts. In order for the Board to approve the proposed Bid
submitted by the Bidder if it has failed to meet the M/WBE Subcontracting Goal, the
School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida must determine that the Bidder's efforts
were those that a reasonable Bidder actively and aggressively seeking the goal would
make given all relevant circumstances.
4.9.3 In making the required judgment, the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida
may consider the kinds of efforts listed in the paragraph below and the Bidder’s past
history of meeting or exceeding the goals. The Palm Beach County School Board,
Florida reserves the right to deny award of a contract to any firm that violates its policy or
fails to make a good faith effort in attempting to comply.
00850-12
4.10
Recommendations for Meeting Participation Requirements:
4.10.1 In determining whether or not a Bidder has made good faith efforts the School
Board Palm Beach County, Florida will look not only at the different kinds of efforts that a
Bidder made, but also the quantity and intensity of these efforts. The School Board of
Palm Beach County, Florida does not insist the Bidder do any one or any particular
combination of things on the list, nor is the list exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or
type of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases.
4.10.2 This is not a mandatory checklist. The School Board of Palm Beach County,
Florida does not insist the Bidders do any one or any particular combination of things on
the list, nor is the list exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or type of efforts may be
relevant in appropriate cases. In determining whether or not a Bidder has made good
faith efforts the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida will look not only at the
different kinds of efforts that a Bidder made, but also the quantity and intensity of these
efforts.
4.11
Good Faith Efforts are as follows:
1. The Bidder attended all pre-bid meetings as advertised and scheduled by the
School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida to inform M/WBE Subcontractors of
subcontracting opportunities;
2. The Bidder provided written notice (return receipts for certified mail, facsimile
transmission records, etc.) that at least three quarters (3/4) of the certified M/WBE
Subcontractors (applicable to this project) were contacted in sufficient time to allow
them to participate effectively. The list is available through the School District of
Palm Beach County's, Director of the Office of Diversity in Business Practices.
3. The Bidder, in order to increase the likelihood of meeting the Contract Goal, selected portions of the work to be performed by M/WBE Subcontractors that could be
separated into economically feasible units to facilitate M/WBE Subcontractor
participation;
4. The Bidder provided interested M/WBE Subcontractors with adequate information
about the plans, specifications and requirements of the contract;
5. The Bidder negotiated in good faith with interested M/WBE Subcontractors, not
rejecting M/WBE Subcontractors as unqualified without reasons based on a thorough
knowledge of their capabilities;
6. The Bidder contacted the Office of Diversity in Business Practices for direct
referral of Certified M/WBE Subcontractors;
7. The Bidder maintained records listing name, address, type of trade, and described
results of contact with each M/WBE Subcontractor with regard to each prospective
contract opportunity;
8. The Bidder notified the Office of Diversity in Business Practices whenever he could
not successfully locate qualified M/WBE Subcontractors;
9. The Bidder engaged in specific and continuing personal recruitment efforts directed
at Minority Bidder’s organizations, Minority recruitment organizations, and Minority
Business Assistance Centers, and the Minority Business Development Center
(MBDC).
00850-13
10.
The Bidder has visited the School District’s internet website at
www.PalmBeachSchools.org/mwbe and selected “MWBE Vendor Directory” from
the site contents listing.
4.11.1 Meeting the goal or making good faith efforts to do so is a requirement of being
awarded this contract.
4.11.2 Unless otherwise approved by the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida,
the listing of a M/WBE Subcontractor by a Bidder shall constitute a representation by the
Bidder that such entity is qualified and available, and a commitment by the Bidder that, if
awarded the contract, the Bidder will enter into a subcontract in an amount as set forth in
its submittal, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents.
4.11.3 Counting M/WBE Subcontractor Participation Toward Contract Goal:
M/WBE Subcontractor participation shall be counted toward meeting the goal as follows:
1.Once the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida has determined a firm to
be an eligible M/WBE Subcontractor, the total dollar value of the contract awarded
to the M/WBE Subcontractor is counted toward the goal, except as limited by
paragraph (2) through (4), below.
2.The School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida will count toward the goal a
portion of the total dollar value of a contract with a joint venture equal to the
percentage of the ownership and control of the M/WBE Subcontractor partner in the
joint venture.
3. The School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida shall count toward the goal only
expenditures to M/WBE Subcontractors that perform a useful function when he is
responsible for execution of a distinct element of work of a contract and carrying out
his responsibilities by actually performing and supervising the work involved.
4.Consistent with normal industry practices, an M/WBE Subcontractor may enter
into subcontracts. If such an entity subcontracts a significantly greater portion of the
work of the contract than would be expected on the basis of normal industry
practices to non-M/WBE Subcontractors, the entity shall be presumed not to be
acceptable as an M/WBE Subcontractor.
4.12
Recommendation of Award:
The following requirements must be accomplished for a Recommendation of Award:
1. Pre-Conciliation Conference: If the Director of Office of Diversity in Business
Practices and Director of The Purchasing Department questions the acceptability of
the Bidders M/WBE Subcontractor submittals, the Bidder shall, upon at least five (5)
calendar days notice given by the Director of Office of Diversity in Business
Practices, meet with the Director of Office of Diversity in Business Practices and the
Director of the Purchasing Department to present information and arguments
pertinent to his compliance with the applicable requirements.
2. Not later than ten (10) calendar days after this initial meeting with the Bidder, the
Director of Office of Diversity in Business Practices and the Director of the
Purchasing Department-Construction shall make a written recommendation to the
Executive Director of Facility Management Services as to the acceptability of the
M/WBE Subcontractor involved which shall include a statement of the facts and
reasons upon which it is based.
00850-14
a. If the Director of Office of Diversity in Business Practices and the Director of
the Purchasing Department cannot recommend award, they will have examined
the submittal of the second place Bidder or other Bidders in order of Bid standing
who have requested to remain in competition by submitting the required M/WBE
data, and will present the comparison to the Executive Director Facility
Management Services for mutual recommendation to the Board for award or
rejection of all Bids.
b. If the recommendation is for award, and the Executive Director of Facility
Management Services is in agreement, a recommendation for award will be
made immediately to the School Board of Palm Beach County, Florida and
posted as described in another section of these documents.
4.13
Award of Contract:
Provided the Bidder has submitted completed forms and information required by this
Article of the Special Conditions and his Bid is otherwise responsive to the solicitation,
the School Board of Palm Beach County may award the contract to the Bidder who
submits sufficient information to the School Board of Palm Beach County that it has met
the contract goal or has made good faith efforts to meet the goal.
4.14.
Requirements and Procedures Subsequent to Contract Award:
4.14.1 Substitution of M/WBE Subcontractors:
4.14.1.1 Excuse from Entering Subcontracts: If prior to execution of a subcontract
required by this Article, the Bidder submits a written request and demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the Director of the Purchasing Department that, as a result of a change in
circumstances beyond his control of which he/she was not aware and could not
reasonably have been aware prior to the award of the Contract, an M/WBE
Subcontractor who was to enter into such subcontract has not qualified, or that the
M/WBE Subcontractor has unreasonably refused to execute the subcontract, the Bidder
shall be excused from executing such contract with that Subcontractor, who will be
replaced with another acceptable Certified M/WBE Subcontractor, if possible (or
available).
4.14.1.2 Termination of Subcontracts: If, after execution of a subcontract required by this
Article, the Bidder submits a written request to the School Board of Palm Beach County,
Florida and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director of the Purchasing
Department that, as a result of a change in circumstances beyond his control of which he
was not aware prior to the date of execution of such subcontract, an M/WBE
Subcontractor who entered into such subcontract has committed and failed to remedy a
material breach of the subcontract, the Bidder may proceed to exercise such rights as
may be available to him to terminate the subcontract.
4.14.1.3 Alternative Subcontracts: If the Bidder is excused from preparing a subcontract
under Paragraph 4.9.1.1 or rightfully terminates a subcontract under paragraph 4.9.1.2
and without such subcontract the successful Bidder will not achieve the level of M/WBE
Subcontractor participation upon which the contract was awarded, the Bidder shall make
every reasonable effort to propose and enter into an alternative subcontract or
subcontracts for the same work to be performed by other Certified M/WBE
Subcontractors/Subcontractor(s) for a contract amount totaling not more than the
contract amount under the excused or terminated subcontract less all amounts
previously paid thereunder.
00850-15
4.14.1.4 Compliance with Contract Goal: The Bidder shall be deemed to be in continued
compliance with the established goal for M/WBE Subcontractor Participation if following
the situation described below:
The Bidder shall negotiate with the next lowest Certified M/WBE Subcontractor, and, if
necessary,
The Bidder shall rebid the portion of the Work. The Bidder shall notify all current Certified
M/WBE firms qualified to complete that portion of the Work
4.14.2 Monthly Monitoring Report (Monthly Minority//Women Business Enterprises
Subcontractor/ Subconsultant (including M/WBE) Utilization Report PBSD Form 1528.
4.14.3 The Bidder holding a contract containing a contract goal shall submit an executed
and notarized or corporate sealed monthly Minority/Women Business Enterprise
Subcontractor/Subconsultant (including M/WBE) Utilization Report – PBSD Form 1528 monthly “M/WBE Subcontractor / Subcontractors Utilization Report " with the "Application
and Certification Form" - (AIA G702) to the Senior Project Administrator.
4.14.4 Forms for submittal will be available to the Bidder at the Preconstruction
Conference, or from the Office of Diversity in Business Practices, Fiscal Accounting
Department. Understand the application for payment will not be processed without
"PBSD Form 1528”. If the M/WBE draw for a particular month is zero dollars, the vendor
shall submit and executed and notarized PBSD Form 1528, indicating zero payments for
that month.
4.14.5 Noncompliance with Monthly Monitoring: Should the Bidder fail to comply with the
provisions above, he is subject to default of his contract.
ARTICLE 5
5.1 BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
5.1.2 The General Contractor shall take possession of, sign for, and store at the jobsite all
energy management equipment purchased by the School District of Palm Beach County until it
is ready for installation by the authorized installing Contractor or Mechanical Contractor. The
General Contractor is responsible for the safety of this equipment until the Owner accepts the
building.
END OF SECTION
00850-16
ATTACHMENT A
BID SUMMARY
CONTRACTOR: ______________________________________
Name
________________________________________
Address
________________
Date
________________
Current License #
________________________________________
City, State, Zip Code
________________________________________
Phone/FAX
_________________________________________
Email Address
TO:
The School District of Palm Beach County, Florida
Construction Purchasing Department
3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 209
Riviera Beach, FL 33404
PROJECT NAME:
Spanish River Community High School Fire Alarm Replacement
PROJECT NUMBER: 1681-9503
Having become familiar with conditions at the Project Site and having carefully examined the
Bidding Documents, including the Advertisement for Bid, Instructions to Bidders, and the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the General Conditions, Special Conditions,
Specifications, Details, Schedules, Addenda and Drawings, the undersigned proposes to furnish
all materials, labor, equipment and anything else required for the entire Project, including
alternates described in contract drawings, in accordance with the Documents for the following
Total Bid amount:
TOTAL BID:
$
(PRICE IN WORDS)
_________________________________
$_______________
(FIGURES)
Name of Surety Company
_____________________________________________________
The Contract time shall commence upon issuance of the Construction Notice To Proceed and
the Work shall be substantially completed by June 2012. All Work and requirements of the
contract documents shall be fully and finally completed within August 2012 days following the
date specified on the Notice To Proceed for substantial completion. No Work shall be
commenced until the Contractor has furnished the Owner the Performance and Payment
Bonds, Insurance Certificates and other documents required by the General and Special
Conditions.
The undersigned declares that they have examined the Site of the Work and informed
themselves fully in regard to all conditions pertaining; that they have examined the Contract
Documents furnished prior to the opening of the Bids; and that they have satisfied themselves in
all matters relative to the Work to be performed.
When notified of the intended award of this Bid within sixty (60) days of the time set for the
opening of Bids, the Undersigned agrees to execute a Contract for the above Work after notice
that their Bid has been accepted for the above stated compensation, plus or minus any
accepted Alternates, in the form of a Contract presented by the Owner. The Contract is subject
to Board Approval.
They further agree that from the compensation to be paid, the Owner will retain Liquidated
Damages as provided in the Contract, which sum is agreed upon as the proper measure of
Liquidated Damages which the Owner will sustain each day by the failure of the undersigned to
complete the Work in the time stipulated, and this sum is not to be deemed as penalty.
The undersigned further agrees that security in the form of a Bid Bond, or Cashier’s Check in
the amount of not less than $32,500.00, payable to the Owner, accompanies this Bid; that the
amount is the measure of Liquidated Damages which said Owner will sustain by failure of the
undersigned to execute and deliver the Contract and Bond within eight (8) Owner business days
of the written notification of the Award of the Contract to him; thereupon the Security shall
become the property of the Owner, but if this Bid is not accepted within sixty (60) days of the
time set for the submission of Bids, or if the undersigned executes and delivers the Contract and
Bond, the Security shall be returned to him on receipt of the same.
The following Addenda, if any, were received:
No. _____ Date Issued_______Initials_____
No. _____ Date Issued_______Initials_____
No. _____ Date Issued_______Initials_____
A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for
a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a
public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair
of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public
entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or
consultant under a contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public
entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, for CATEGORY TWO for
a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list.
The bidder certifies by submission of their bid, that neither it nor its principals is presently
debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
In witness whereof, the undersigned has signed and sealed this Bid
this___________________ day of _________________, 2011.
__________________________________________
Contractor Name
Corporate Seal
_______________________________________
Address
Authorized Signature: __________________________
Print:______________________________
Title: _______________________________
ATTACHMENT B
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
as Principal, hereafter called, “the Principal,” and
(Here insert full name and address of Bonding Agency)
hereafter called, “the Surety,” and,
The School District of Palm Beach County, Florida
3300 Forest Hill Boulevard
West Palm Beach, Florida 33406-5813
as Obligee, hereafter called, “the Obligee,” in the sum of
($ 32,500.00 )
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety,
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a Bid for
PROJECT NAME: SPANISH RIVER COMMUNITY HIGH SCHOOL FIRE ALARM
REPLACEMENT
PROJECT NUMBER: 1681-9503
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the Bid of the Principal and the Principal shall
enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such
bond or bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient
surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and
material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter
such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference
not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger
amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work
covered by said Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force
and effect. This bond shall be in compliance with Section 255.05, Florida Statutes.
Signed and sealed this
day of
Principal
, 2011
(Seal)
_____________________________________
Witness
Title
_____________________________________
Witness
Title
_____________________________________
Surety
(Seal)
ATTACHMENT C
M/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR
PARTICIPATION RESPONSE
PROJECT NAME: SPANISH RIVER COMMUNITY HIGH SCHOOL FIRE ALARM
REPLACEMENT
PROJECT NUMBER:1681-9503
This Form shall be submitted to the School District of Palm Beach County, Construction
Purchasing Department, 3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 209, Riviera Beach,
Florida, 33404 with your proposal.
Proposal Certification:
I hereby certify full, complete and unconditional acceptance of the M/WBE sub-contractor
participation requirement established for this contract and acknowledge that contract
award is conditional upon achievement of this requirement, or demonstration of
acceptable Good Faith Efforts, as specified in Article 4, Section 00850. Paragraph 4.6.
Construction Services: Only a sub-contractor certified as an African American by the School
District of Palm Beach County Office of Diversity in Business Practices or the State of Florida
Office of Supplier Diversity or its successors shall qualify for sub-contractor participation for
Professional Services.
As described in School Board Policy 6.143, graduation from the School District of Palm Beach
County M/WBE certification or denial of M/WBE certification by the School District of Palm Beach
County shall void acceptance of certification by the State of Florida Office of Supplier Diversity or
its successors. A copy of the sub-consultant’s /sub-contractor’s current M/WBE Certification shall
be included in the Proposers response to satisfy the requirement for this Category. The School
District of Palm Beach County Office of Diversity in Business Practices (ODBP) shall validate the
sub-consultant’s/subcontractor’s certification.
By virtue of executing and returning with this Proposal this REQUIRED RESPONSE FORM, I
further certify full, complete and unconditional acceptance of the contents of this Request for
Proposal, and all appendices and the contents of any Addendum released hereto.
PROPOSER (firm name): ____________________________________________________________
STREET ADDRESS: __________________________________________________________________
CITY/STATE/ZIP: _____________________________________________________________________
CONTACT PERSON: __________________________________________________________________
CONTACT PERSON'S ADDRESS: _______________________________________________________
TELEPHONE: ___________________ FAX: ________________ TOLL FREE: ____________________
INTERNET E-MAIL ADDRESS: _________________________________________________________
PROPOSER TAX PAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: ______________________________________
PRINT NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: _______________________________________
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: ________________________________________
TITLE: __________________________________ DATE:_____________________________________
NOTE: All entries must be completed in ink or typewritten. An original manual signature is required by the
Authorized Representative.
ATTACHMENT D
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
PROJECT NAME: SPANISH RIVER COMMUNITY HIGH SCHOOL FIRE ALARM
REPLACEMENT
PROJECT NO.: 1681-9503
Preference shall be given to vendors certifying they have a Drug-Free Workplace in accordance
with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. Effective January 1, 1991, this requirement effects all
public entities of the State. The special condition is as follows:
IDENTICAL TIE BIDS - Preference shall be given to businesses with drug-free workplace
programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service
are received by the State or by any political subdivision for the procurement of commodities or
contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drugfree workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures
for processing tie bids will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug-free workplace
program, a business shall:
1)
Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the
workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for
violations of such prohibition.
2)
Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed
upon employees for drug abuse violations.
3)
Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services
that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
4)
In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition
of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the
employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any
conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893 or of
any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation
occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
5)
Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by
any employee who is so convicted.
6)
Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section.
As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above
requirements.
_________________________________________________
COMPANY NAME
_________________________________________________
VENDOR'S SIGNATURE
Must be executed and returned with attached bid at time of bid opening to be considered.
PBSD 0580
ATTACHMENT E
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES CERTIFICATION
SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PALM BEACH COUNTY
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133 (3) (a)
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER
OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS.
1. This sworn statement is submitted to:
(print name of public entity)
By
(print individual's name and title)
for
(print name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is
and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is:
(If entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the
Individual signing this sworn statement.)
2. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida
Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly
related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United States, including, but not limited to, any proposal or
contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery,
collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentations.
3. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida
Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an
adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by
indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non-jury trial, or entry of a
plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
4. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes,
means:
(1) A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or
(2) An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity
and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members and agents who are active in
the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair
market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person
controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be
considered an affiliate.
5. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means
any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with
the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which submits proposals or applies to
submit a proposal on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term
"person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.
6. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation
to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies.)
_____Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers, directors,
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, nor an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of
a public entity crime subsequent to September 1, 1990.
_____The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors,
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a
public entity crime subsequent to September 1, 1990.
_____The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors,
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a
public entity crime subsequent to September 1, 1990. However, there has been a subsequent
proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings
and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public
interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. (attach
a copy of the final order)
I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE DIRECTOR OF THE
PURCHASING DEPARTMENT FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1
(ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID
THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO
UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO
ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN
SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM.
____________________________________
(Signature)
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ____________day of,______________20_____.
Personally known
OR Produced identification Notary Public - State of
My commission expires
(Type of identification)
(Printed typed or stamped commissioned name of notary public)
ATTACHMENT F
LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS
Bidders are to submit to the Owner a full List of Subcontractors. Such List shall be delivered to
the Construction Purchasing Department, 3661 Interstate Park Road North, Suite 209, Riviera
Beach, Florida, 33404. Bidder represents that all listed subcontractors have in fact submitted
bid prices to Bidder prior to the date of bid opening.
Discrimination in the award of Contracts for goods and services on the basis of race, gender,
gender identity or expression, religion, national origin, ethnicity, sexual orientation, age, or
disability is prohibited. All interested persons who participate in Bid procedures shall be
required to comply with the directives designated by the Superintendent in order to be eligible to
enter into a Contract for goods and services with The School District of Palm Beach County,
Florida.
All Subcontractors are subject to approval of the Owner in accordance with the “Instructions to
Bidders.” Before the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect shall approve all
Subcontractors and these Subcontractors shall not be changed without written permission of the
Owner and Architect. The following are the Subcontractors proposed to be used if the
undersigned is awarded the Contract for:
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DIVISION
OF WORK
CORPORATE NAME
AND ADDRESS
PRINCIPAL OR
OFFICER'S NAME
LICENSE #
ELECTRICAL
Name of Firm ____________________________________________
Address/Zip ____________________________________________
Phone No.
_____________________________________________
Email
_____________________________________________
License
_____________________________________________
Signed By
_____________________________________________
Print Name _____________________________________________
ATTACHMENT G
TRENCH SAFETY ACT COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Project Name:
Project Number:
Project Location:
Instructions
Chapter 90-96 of the Laws of Florida requires all contractors engaged by The School District of Palm Beach
County to comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard 29 C.F.R.s. 1926.650 Subpart
P. All prospective contractors are required to sign the compliance statement and provide compliance cost
information where indicated below. This cost for complying with the Trench Safety Act must be incorporated
into this project's base bid as shown in the Invitation To Bid document.
This form must be certified in the presence of a notary public or other officer authorized to administer oaths.
Certification
1.
I understand that Chapter 90-96 of the Laws of Florida (The Trench Safety Act) requires me to
comply with OSHA Standard 29 C.F.R.s. 1926.650 Subpart P. I will comply with the Trench Safety
Act, and I will design and provide trench safety systems at all trench excavations in excess of five
(5) feet in depth for this project.
2.
The estimated cost imposed by compliance with the Trench Safety Act will be:
Dollars $
(Written) (Figures)
3.
The amount listed above has been included within the Base Cost as listed in the Bid Summary Form.
Certified:
By:
(Company/Contractor
(President's Signature)
(President's Typed or Printed Name)
Notarization
Sworn to and subscribed before me in
of
, Florida on the
, 20__.
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
(affix Seal)
day
ATTACHMENT H
STATEMENT OF NO BID
Project Name: Spanish River Community High School Fire Alarm Replacement
Project Number: 1681-9503
If you are not bidding on this service/commodity, complete and return this form.
(Please print or type, except signature)
Failure to respond may result in deletion of vendor's name from the qualified bidder's list for the
School District of Palm Beach County.
COMPANY NAME:_____________________________________________________________
ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________________
CITY:_____________________________STATE:__________ZIP:_________________________
CONTACT PERSON: _________________________TELEPHONE:________________________
We, the undersigned, decline to bid because of the following reasons:
__________ We do not offer this product or the equivalent.
__________ Insufficient time to respond to the invitation to bid.
__________ Remove our name from this bid list only.
__________ Our product schedule would not permit us to perform.
__________ Unable to meet bond requirements.
__________ Other. (Specify below)
REMARKS: ___________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE:________________________________________ DATE: _____________________
ATTACHMENT I
SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PALM BEACH COUNTY PROCEDURE FOR TAX EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS/ DISTRICT‐PURCHASED MATERIALS PROGRAM The Contractor shall prepare an initial deductive Change Order for the total amount of the Guaranteed Sales Tax Recovery established for the Project. For each District‐Purchased Material (DPM), the Contractor shall prepare a District‐Purchased Material Purchase Order, consecutively numbered, excluding sales tax, between the School District of Palm Beach County and the Supplier/Vendor. The School District of Palm Beach County (SDPBC) will provide the Contractor with blank purchase order forms to be completed. This procedure should be followed for all DPMs. The Contractor transmits draft District‐Purchased Material purchase orders to the School District of Palm Beach County’s Construction Purchasing Department. Upon approval from the SDPBC’s Construction Purchasing Department, the DPM information is forwarded to Capital Projects to create an express purchase order. Construction Purchasing will electronically route the Vendor Copy to the Vendor; providing a fax number or email address has been provided for that Vendor. The Contractor must provide a current detailed listing of all District‐Purchased Materials with each Pay Application. Retainage should not be held on materials purchased through the DPM Program. Materials shall be delivered to the project job site to the attention of the Contractor’s Project site representative or the Subcontractor on site. The materials manifest is validated and matched to the invoice by the Subcontractor and Contractor. The Supplier/Vendor invoices the School District of Palm beach County in care of the Subcontractor. Note: The invoice is sent to the Subcontractor, not to the School District of Palm Beach County’s Accounts Payable Department. Failure to send to the Subcontractor will result in a delay of payment. The Subcontractor will review and approve the invoice(s) and then forward to the Contractor for review and approval. The Contractor shall forward the approved invoice to the School District of Palm Beach County’s Project Manager. The SDPBC Project Manager will approve the pay application and forward it to Capital Projects for processing through the Accounts Payable Department. The SDPBC’s Accounts Payable Department will issue a check payable to the Supplier/Vendor. The purchase order shall be closed when the final payment is made. If it is projected that the sum of all invoices will exceed the PO amount, the Contractor will contact the SCPBC’s Construction Purchasing Department for an increase approval, and Construction Purchasing will authorize the Capital Projects Department to adjust the purchase order accordingly. A copy of the adjusted PO will be electronically routed to the Vendor. If the sum of all invoices is less than the purchase order amount, an adjustment will be made to close out the PO. Once all District‐Purchased Materials have been paid in full, the SDPBC’s Capital Projects Department and the Contractor will reconcile all transactions. If the totals do not match the initial Contractors DPM Purchase Order, the Contractor must draft an adjusting purchase order to amend the contract(s) accordingly. v. 11/20/09 The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
LIFE CYCLE COST CONTAINMENT GUIDELINES
(MASTER SPECIFICATIONS)
LCCCG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION AND SECTION
TITLE
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01010
SECTION 01027
SECTION 01045
SECTION 01120
SECTION 01260
SECTION 01300
SECTION 01650
SECTION 01700
SECTION 01730
SECTION 01740
SUMMARY OF WORK
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
CUTTING AND PATCHING
ALTERATION PROJECTS PROCEDURES
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
SUBMITTALS
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA
WARRANTIES
DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK
SECTION 02060
SECTION 02070
SECTION 02200
SECTION 02520
SECTION 02938
BUILDING DEMOLITION
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
EARTHWORK
CONCRETE CURBS AND WALKS
GRASS SODDING
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
SECTION 03100
SECTION 03341
CONCRETE FORMWORK
FIBEROUS CONCRETE REINFORCING
DIVISION 4 – MASONRY
SECTION 04100
MORTAR AND GROUT
DIVISION 7 – MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
SECTION 09111
SECTION 09250
SECTION 09511
SECTION 09900
105134
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
PAINTING
Contents - 1 of 2
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
SECTION 10140
SIGNAGE
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16010
SECTION 16020
SECTION 16025
SECTION 16050
SECTION 16111
SECTION 16123
SECTION 16130
SECTION 16141
SECTION 16160
SECTION 16190
SECTION 16195
SECTION 16450
SECTION 16461
SECTION 16470
SECTION 16721
105134
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
WORK INCLUDED
CODES, FEES AND STANDARDS
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CONDUIT
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
BOXES
WIRING DEVICES
CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES
SUPPORTING DEVICES
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
GROUNDING
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PANELBOARDS
FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS
Contents - 2 of 2
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A.
Work covers the replacement of the existing fire alarm system at Spanish River High School
located in Boca Raton, Florida, with a new system as specified herein and as described on the
drawings, along with other incidental work associated with the installation.
1. The contractor shall replace the system and devices in all instructional spaces (classrooms),
before beginning work in other spaces such as the Gymnasium, Media Center, Cafeteria,
Admin., etc. Once the work is complete in the classroom areas of the campus, coordinate
with the SDPBC Project Administrator and the school Principal for the order of areas to be
addressed in sequence. Replaced devices, panels, cabinets and detectors are to be turned
over to the School District Facilities Services Fire Alarm Shop.
2. Once Substantial Completion is met for the last building, the Warranty Period will begin.
B.
C.
General Conditions of the Contract cover additional requirements of all Parties to the Contract.
The word, “Architect” shall imply architectural or engineering firm serving in the capacity as
the design professional.
1.2 WORK SEQUENCE
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Coordinate, sequence, and stage new work in accordance with the Contractor provided, Owner
approved approved Construction Schedules and safety plan.
Coordinate access, parking, and egress of all Contractor Personnel prior to commencing
construction.
Construct Work in stages to provide for public and Owner's safety at all times including
coordination with the local Fire Department for approval of ingress/egress with construction
fencing.
Working Hours shall be in accordance with the applicable City Ordinances and / or in
compliance with the Owner's directions. Owner is expecting to utilize second shift, after hours,
weekend and holiday schedules to complete the work without impacting the academic or sport
curricula.
In addition to installation of the new system, the contractor is responsible for obtaining the services
of the existing fire alarm system’s vendor in order to reprogram, rewire, or provide additional
hardware/software, as required to implement partial (by building) implementation / phasing
throughout the entire construction project to maintain complete fire detection coverage.
Contractor shall make provisions necessary to retain fire alarm coverage by the existing FACP of
the area tested in the event the new system testing is not accepted. A firewatch shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor, in the event either system is non-functional or not accepted by the
Owner for a period equal to or greater than 4-hours. Contractor shall notify SDPBC
personnel/Building Dept. in the event a fire watch is enacted.
01010-1 of 3
Summary of Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Confine operations at site to areas permitted by Law, Ordinances, Permits, and Contract
Documents.
Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.
Refer to Section 01120 for provisions on safety, security, maintenance of access and operations,
maintenance of existing utilities and services and building access restrictions.
All general contractors and subcontractor employees are required to comply with the SDPBC
security requirements and wear SDPBC issued identification badges for display wear plastic
laminated business cards for identification and displayed at all times.
The designated superintendent/foreman is to sign in and out all workmen on a daily basis. All
visitors to the site shall sign in on the Site Visitors Log to be kept in the School District
Construction Office trailer or other designated location. School Police Dispatch must be
notified by superintendent/foreman when construction activities are past normal school hours
and when leaving the campus after each work shift is finished.
All General Contractors and Subcontractors vehicles are to be parked in the designated
construction site staging area. The staging area shown on the drawings is conceptual and may
be modified prior to the commencement of the work.
Notification to the School Board Project Coordinator is required for all site accidents the same
day they occur. Copies of accident reports and police reports shall be given to the School
District Project Coordinator the day they occur.
No firearms or other weapons shall be brought onto the site.
No animals may be brought or kept on the site.
The Warranty Period will begin when the last building in the construction sequence is
determined to be Substantially Complete.
1.4 STUDENT OCCUPIED CAMPUS SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Project personnel shall not communicate with students, except to warn of danger to order off out
of the construction site.
Project personnel shall not entire student occupied areas while students are on campus, except in
emergencies or with the permission and knowledge of the school staff and the District's
construction project representative.
NO SMOKING, ALCOHOL, or non-Prescription DRUGS on any part of the school property,
whether the school is in session or not.
The use of radios, tape and C.D. players is limited to the contractor’s trailer and unoccupied
school campuses, and keep the volume level to prevent being heard on the active student campus
or neighboring properties.
Project personnel shall wear appropriate clothing, shall not have any foul or vulgar language
visible on the clothing.
Project personnel shall not use foul or vulgar language while students and staff are on campus.
No animals may be brought or kept on the site.
1.5 DAILY LOG
A.
105134
The Contractor shall keep a daily log of the progress of construction and shall contain
construction site equipment being utilized for each day. One copy shall be given to the School
District Project Coordinator. The log shall be turned in daily.
01010-2 of 3
Summary of Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.6 ITEMS NOT IN CONTRACT
A.
Items under this contract include all work indicated on the contract documents, unless
specifically noted as "Not In Contract" (N.I.C.).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01010-3 of 3
Summary of Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment.
1.2 FORMAT
A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheets,
contractor's electronic media driven form including continuation sheets as approved by Owner.
1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information typewritten or on electronic media printout as approved by Owner.
B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
C. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line
item for portion of work performed and for stored products.
D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet, listing
Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit four copies of each Application for Payment.
Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment.
Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
Submit Release of Liens waivers.
1.5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Architect or Owner requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar
amounts.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number
and date, and line item by number and description.
C. Include the following with the application.
1. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors.
2. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products.
3. Construction progress schedules, revised and correct as specified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01027-1 of 1
Applications for Payment
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
The requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration, which affects:
1. The structural integrity of any element of project.
2. The integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element.
3. The efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
Include in request:
1. The identification of project.
2. The location and description of affected work.
3. The necessity for cutting or alteration.
4. A description of proposed work, and products.
5. Any possible alternatives to cutting and patching.
6. Any effect on work of Owner or separate contractor.
7. Written permission from affected separate contractor(s).
8. Proposed date and time the work starts.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.
B.
Primary Products: Those required for original installation.
Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution
described in Section 01600.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
B.
C.
Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or
movement during cutting and patching.
After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.
Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.
B.
105134
Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the work. Provide devices and methods
to protect other portions of project from damage.
Provide protection from elements for areas, which may be exposed by uncovering work.
01045-1 of 2
Cutting and Patching
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
Maintain excavations free of water.
3.3 CUTTING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Execute cutting and fitting including excavation and fill to complete work.
Uncover work to install improperly sequenced work.
Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.
Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work.
Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture
resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces.
Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior
approval.
Although not anticipated, any roof penetrations required for this project shall be scheduled and
coordinated with the District prior to beginning work, for Owner testing of asbestos containing
materials (ACM). Upon discovery of ACM, the District will be responsible for abatement.
3.4 PATCHING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Execute patching to complement adjacent work.
Properly fit products together to integrate with other work.
Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate
surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed and moisture
resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces.
Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids
with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element.
Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection
or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
END OF SECTION
105134
01045-2 of 2
Cutting and Patching
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01120
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Products and installation for patching and extending work.
Transition and adjustments.
Repair of damaged surfaces, finishes, and cleaning.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK
A.
B.
New Materials: As specified in product sections match existing products and work for patching and
extending work.
Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspection and testing Products where
necessary, referring to existing Work as a standard.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
B.
Verify that demolition is complete, and areas are ready for installation of new Work.
Beginning of restoration Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work. Replace
and restore at completion.
Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, corroded metals, and
deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work.
Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces.
Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and
finishes.
Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work and salvage items from weather and
extremes of temperature and humidity. Insulate ductwork and piping to prevent condensation in
exposed areas.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
105134
Coordinate work of alternations and renovations to expedite completion and to accommodate
Owner occupancy.
Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a means of restoring
Products and finishes to original specified condition.
Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition
for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes.
01120-1 of 2
Alteration Project Procedures
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
D.
E.
F.
In addition to specified replacement of equipment and fixtures restore existing plumbing, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, electrical, and systems to full operational condition.
Re-cover and refinish work that exposed mechanical and electrical work exposed accidentally
during the work.
Install products as specified in individual sections.
3.4 TRANSITIONS
A.
B.
Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patched work
to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance.
When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate
existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to
Architect.
3.5 ADJUSTMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls,
and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads.
Where a change of plane of ¼" or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing a smooth
transition for Architect review.
Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finish. Refinish trim as required.
Fit work at penetrations of surfaces as specified in Section 01045.
3.6 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES
A.
B.
Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other
imperfections.
Repair substrate prior to patching finish.
3.7 FINISHES
A.
B.
Finish surfaces as specified in individual product sections.
Finish patches to product uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be
matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections.
3.8 CLEANING
A.
In addition to cleaning specified in Section 01500, clean Owner occupied areas of work.
END OF SECTION
105134
01120-2 of 2
Alteration Project Procedures
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Submittals
Documentation of change in Contract Sum and Contract Time
Change procedures
Construction Change Directive
Stipulated Sum change order
Unit price change order
Time and material change order
Execution of change orders
Correlation of Contractor submittals
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit the name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who is responsible
for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the work.
Change Order Forms: Issued by the School District of Palm Beach County
1.3 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME
A.
B.
C.
D.
Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis.
1. Provide all information required for proper evaluation of proposed changes.
2. Provide proper documentation to substantiate costs of changes in the work.
Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to for proper evaluation.
On request, provide additional data to support computations:
1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment
2. Taxes, insurance, and bonds
3. Overhead and profit
4. Justification for any change in Contract Time
5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented
Support each claim for additional costs, and work done on a time and material basis.
1. Origin and date of claim
2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid.
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A.
B.
The Architect shall advise of minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment to Contract
Sum or Contract Time as authorized by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710.
The Architect may issue a Proposal Request detailing the description of a proposed change along
with additional or revised drawings/specifications, and with a change in contract time to execute the
change with a stipulation of required overtime work and the period the price is valid.
1. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within ten working days.
Architect’s Project Number
01 26 00-1 of 2
Contract Modification Procedures
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Architect may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a
change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a change order.
B. The document will describe changes in the work, and will designate method of determining any
change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
C. Promptly execute the change in work.
1.6 STIPULATED SUM CHANGE ORDER
A.
Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's price quotation
1.7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A.
B.
C.
Execute change order(s) on a fixed unit price basis for pre-determined unit prices and quantities.
Execute work under a Construction Change Directive, for unit costs or quantities of units of work,
not pre-determined.
Compute changes in contract sum or contract time as specified in a time and material change order.
1.8 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated
in the Conditions of the Contract.
Architect determines allowable changes in contract sum and time as provided in the contract
documents.
Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.
Maintain all information required for proper evaluation of all proposed changes and to associated
costs for changes in the work.
1.9 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A.
Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as
provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
1.10 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized
Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum.
Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to
adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
Architect’s Project Number
01 26 00-2 of 2
Contract Modification Procedures
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Submittal procedures.
Proposed products list.
Product data.
Shop drawings.
Samples.
Design data.
Test reports.
Certificates.
Manufacturer's instructions.
Manufacturer's field reports.
Erection drawings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
AGC (Associated General Contractors of America) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction
- A Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry".
1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
105134
Transmit each submittal with Architect accepted form.
Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Revise submittals with original number and a
sequential alphabetic suffix.
Identify project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number, and
specification section number, as appropriate.
Apply contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of
products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information
are in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents.
Schedule submittals to expedite the project, and deliver to Architect and Construction Manager at
business address. Coordinate submission of related items.
For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
Identify variations from contract documents and product or system limitations, which may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed work.
Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps.
When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any
inability to comply with requirements.
Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
01300-1 of 4
Submittals
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST
A.
B.
Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use,
with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.
For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or
catalog designation, and reference standards.
1.5 PRODUCT DATA
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Product Data For Review:
1. Submitted to Architect for review for the purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
2. After review, provide copies and distribute per the Submittal Procedures article above and for
record documents purposes described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
Product Data For Information:
1. Submitted for the Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Product Data For Project Close-out:
1. Submitted for the Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
Submit the number of copies, which the Contractor requires, plus two copies for the Architect.
Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement
manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this project.
Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location
of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
After review, distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above and provide
copies for record documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Shop Drawings For Review:
1. Submit to Architect for review for the purpose of checking for conformance with information
given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
2. After review, produce copies and distribute per the Submittal Procedures article above and for
record documents purposes described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
Shop Drawings For Information:
1. Submitted for the Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Shop Drawings For Project Close-out:
1. Submitted for the Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location
of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
Submit the number of copies, which the Contractor requires, plus two copies for the Architect.
1.7 SAMPLES
A.
105134
Samples For Review:
1. Submitted to Architect for review for the purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
01300-2 of 4
Submittals
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
After review, provide duplicates and distribute per the Submittal Procedures article above and
for record documents purposes described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
Samples For Information:
1. Submitted for the Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Samples For Selection:
1. Submitted to Architect for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
2. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufactures' standard colors, textures, and
patterns for Architect selection.
3. After review, provide duplicates and distribute per the Submittal Procedures article above and
for record documents purposes described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral
parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
Include identification on each sample, with full project information.
Submit the number of samples specified in specification, one of which the Architect shall retain.
Reviewed samples, which may be used in the work, are indicated in specifications.
Samples are not used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in the specification.
1.8 DESIGN DATA
A.
B.
Submit for the Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given
and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.9 TEST REPORTS
A.
B.
Submit for the Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Submit test reports for information for the purpose of assessing conformance with information
given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.10 CERTIFICATES
A.
B.
C.
When specified in specification, submit certification by the manufacturer, installation/application
subcontractor, or the contractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data.
Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting
reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to
Architect.
1.11 MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS
A.
B.
C.
105134
When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery,
storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Architect for delivery to Owner
in quantities specified for Product Data.
Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special
environmental criteria required for application or installation.
Refer to Section 01400 - Quality Control, Manufacturer's Field Services article.
01300-3 of 4
Submittals
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.12 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS
A.
B.
C.
Submit reports for the Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Submit report within 30 days of observation to Architect for information.
Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given
and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.13 ERECTION DRAWINGS
A.
B.
C.
Submit drawings for the Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for the Owner.
Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given
and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable work is subject to action by the Architect or Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01300-4 of 4
Submittals
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01650
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Starting systems.
Demonstration and instructions.
Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
1.2 STARTING SYSTEMS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
Notify Architect and Owner seven days prior to startup of each item.
Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive
rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage.
Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
Execute startup under supervision of responsible Contractors' personnel in accordance with
manufacturers' instructions.
When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized
representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation
prior to startup, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.
Submit a written report per section 01400 that equipment or system is installed properly and
functioning correctly.
1.3 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
105134
Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date
of Substantial Completion.
Contractor requested inspection and field observations by the Owner/Engineer which are not ready
for the stage of completion requested, shall be subject to construction administration fees to be paid
by the Contractor.
Demonstrate Project equipment instructed by a qualified manufacturers’ representative who is
knowledgeable about the Project.
For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season
within six months.
Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual
with Owners’ personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and
shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location.
Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional
data becomes apparent during instruction.
The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified
in individual sections.
01650-1 of 2
Starting of Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
A.
B.
B.
Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing,
adjusting and balancing.
The independent firm shall perform the services specified in section 15990.
The independent firm shall submit reports to the Architect indicating observations, results of tests
and compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the
contract documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01650-2 of 2
Starting of Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Closeout procedures.
Final cleaning.
Adjusting.
Project record documents.
As-built survey.
Operation and maintenance data.
Spare parts and maintenance Products.
Warranties and bonds.
Maintenance service.
1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit written certification that contract documents were reviewed, work inspected, and that work
is complete in accordance with contract documents and ready for Owner and Architect review.
Provide submittals to Architect and Owner that are required by governing or other authorities.
Submit final application for payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments,
and sum remaining due.
Owner will have the option to occupy all or portions of the facility.
1.3 FINAL CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.
Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and
foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate for he
surface and material.
Replace filters of operating equipment.
Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.
Clean and sanitize water fountains (coolers).
Clean all ledges countertops and shelves with all-purpose non-abrasive cleaner leaving no residue.
1.4 ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
105134
Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the work:
1. Drawings/specifications and addenda.
2. Change orders and other modifications to the contract.
01700-1 of 3
Contract Closeout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
3. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
4. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.
Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.
Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
Record information concurrent with construction progress.
Specifications legibly mark and record at each product section description the products installed.
1. Manufacturer's name, product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by addenda and modifications.
Record drawings and shop drawings legibly mark each item to record actual construction.
1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum.
2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced to visible and accessible features of the work.
4. Field changes of dimension and detail.
5. Details not on original contract drawings.
As-built survey: Upon completion of site construction improvements, provide Architect and Owner
with a complete and accurate field survey prepared, signed and sealed by a Florida registered
surveyor.
1. Exact horizontal and vertical location relative to property lines and NGVD of buildings,
concrete and asphalt surfaces and all drainage features including lakes, detention areas, berms,
embankments and swales.
2. The actual grades of the spot elevations shown on the paving and drainage plans.
3. Provide sufficient information indicating a true representation of constructed grade conditions
for areas where grading between two elevation points is not constructed at a uniform slope.
4. Survey shall include cross sections elevations at 50' stations of swales, lakes, and drainage
retention areas including banks, berms, bottoms and transitions constructed or improved.
5. Elevations shown shall be accurate to the nearest tenth of a foot.
Submit documents in and AutoCAD (12, 13, 14, or 2000 or 2004) on a CD to Architect and Owner,
prior to claim for final Application for Payment.
1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A.
See section 01730 for requirements.
1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS
A.
B.
Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in specification.
Deliver to Owner; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
1.8 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Provide duplicate notarized copies.
Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from subcontractors, suppliers, and
manufacturers.
Provide Table of Contents and assemble in D-side 3-ring binder with durable plastic cover.
Submit prior to final application for payment.
01700-2 of 3
Contract Closeout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E.
For items of work delayed beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within
ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A.
B.
C.
D.
Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections for one-year
from date of substantial completion for the last building. Thus, the Warranty Period begins when the
last building is brought to substantial completion.
Examine, clean, adjust, and lubricate system components as required for reliable operation.
Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components repairing or replacing
parts as required with parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.
Owner shall approve in writing of any transfers or reassignments of maintenance service tasks.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 APPROVED PRODUCTS
A.
Use only cleaning and maintenance products approved for use in Florida Educational Facilities.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01700-3 of 3
Contract Closeout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Format and content of manuals.
Instruction of Owner's personnel.
Schedule of submittals.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described
products.
1.3 FORMAT
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
105134
Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
Binders: 81/2" x 11" D-side 3-ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2" maximum ring size.
1. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.
Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of project; identify subject matter of contents.
Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and
major component parts of equipment.
Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data.
Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.
Prepare a table of contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in
three parts as follows:
1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor,
Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.
2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by
specification section for each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
subcontractors and suppliers.
a. Significant design criteria.
b. List of equipment and parts list for each component.
c. Operating instructions.
d. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.
e. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and
materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.
3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:
a. Shop drawings and product data.
b. Air and water balance reports.
c. Certificates and originals of warranties and bonds.
01730-1 of 3
Operation and Maintenance Data
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Provide a table of contents with title of project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
Architect, Sub-consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products
and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
For each product or system list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and
suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
Product data mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation, delete inapplicable information.
Drawings supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and
systems, to show control and flow diagrams.
1. Do not use project record documents as maintenance drawings.
Typed text as required supplementing product data, providing logical sequence of instructions for
each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified in Section 01400.
Warranties bind in copy of each as specified in Section 01740.
Bonds bind in photocopy and original of each.
1.5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Building products, applied materials, and finishes include product data, with catalog number, size,
composition, and color and texture designations.
1. Provide information for reordering custom manufactured products.
Instructions for care and maintenance include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents
and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for
cleaning and maintenance.
Moisture protection and weather-exposed products include product data listing applicable reference
standards, chemical composition, and details of installation.
1. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.
Additional requirements as specified in individual product specification sections.
Provide a listing in table of contents for design data, with tabbed flysheet and space for insertion of
data.
1.6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A.
B.
C.
105134
For each item of equipment and each system include description of unit or system, and component
parts identifying function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
1. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
model number of replaceable parts.
Panelboards circuit directories provide electrical service characteristics, controls and
communications by label machine.
1. Include color-coded wiring diagrams as installed.
Operating procedures include:
1. Startup, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences.
2. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions.
3. Summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
01730-2 of 3
Operation and Maintenance Data
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
D.
Maintenance Requirements include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.
F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
I. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
J. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color-coded piping diagrams as installed.
K. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and
control diagrams.
L. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
M. Additional Requirements as specified in individual product specification sections.
N. Provide a listing in table of contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of
data.
1.7 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.
Equipment requiring seasonal operation perform instructions for other seasons within six months.
Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction.
Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and
maintenance.
Prepare and insert additional data in "Operation and Maintenance" manual when need for such data
becomes apparent during instruction.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of
work for Architect to review and return one copy with comments.
For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated
by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
Submit one draft copy of completed volumes fifteen days prior to final inspection, the Architect will
return with comments after final inspection.
1. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.
Submit two sets of revised final volumes, within ten days after final inspection.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01730-3 of 3
Operation and Maintenance Data
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 01740
WARRANTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
Preparation and submittal of warranties.
Time and schedule of submittals.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Bind in 81/2" x 11" format bound in D-size 3-ring binders with durable plastic covers.
Provide binder labeled WARRANTIES, with project number and title, name of responsible
company principal, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier.
Prepare table of contents in the same sequence as the Project Manual, section 01730; identify each
item with the number and title of the correct specification section, and the product name.
Separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of contents listing.
Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary list subcontractor, supplier, and
manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible company principal.
1.3 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Provide the responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturer’s warranties in duplicate,
within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work.
1. Warranty shall be on the company's' original forms signed by authorized agent only.
2. Except for items put into use with Owner’s permission, leave start date of warranty period
until the Date of Substantial Completion is determined.
Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
Co-execute submittals when required.
Retain warranties until time specified for submittal.
1.4 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner’s
permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
Submit other warranties within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, but prior to final
Application for Payment.
For warranty items delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after
acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. Once Substantial
Completion is met for the last building, the Warranty Period will begin.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used.
END OF SECTION
105134
01740-1 of 1
Warranties
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 02060
BUILDING DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. The provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the Sections included
under Division 1, General Requirements, are included as a part of this Section.
B. Plans showing the buildings and utilities being removed, demolished, or modified and the
buildings and utilities remaining.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Demolition of designated structures or portions thereof and removal of materials from site.
Demolition and removal of foundations and slabs-on-grade.
Disconnecting and removal of identified utilities.
Removal of underground tanks and piping.
Salvage of designated items.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate demolition and removal sequence and storage location for salvageable
items; location and construction of barricades, fences and temporary work.
1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities, subsurface obstructions, and structures.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Demolition Firm: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum
five years documented experience.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control,
runoff and erosion control, and disposal of demolished materials.
B. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.
D. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, and hydrants, without permits.
E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated
materials. Contact the Architect and Owner immediately.
F. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination.
G. No demolition will occur during school hours without the written permission of the Owner.
H. Obtain Palm Beach County School District Environmental Office certification/approval prior to
demolition/invasive testing.
105134
02060-1 of 3
Building Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.7 ABATEMENT
A. The Owner will provide an abatement survey.
B. The Owner or his contractor will remove ACM friable or potentially ACM friable hazardous
material. The Owner's contractor will also remove other hazardous material.
C. The Owner will pay all costs of abatement, and for the cost of disposal of fluorescent tubes and
ballasts.
1.8 SALVAGE
A. The owner has the first right to salvage reusable equipment.
B. All fire alarm terminal cabinets and fire alarm control panels shall be turned over and delivered
to the Owner, location of delivery to be coordinated with the Maintenance Department
personnel.
1.9 DEMOLITION
A. Demolition may be accomplished by the Owner or under the general construction contract, as
indicated on the drawings.
B. No explosives are allowed during demolition or construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
A. Fill Material: Type fill as specified in Division 2.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.
Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, structures that are not to be demolished.
Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring.
Mark location of utilities.
3.2 DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures.
B. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify Architect
and Owner. Do not resume operations until directed.
C. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses. Maintain egress
and access at all times.
D. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will
traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property.
E. Sprinkle work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this
purpose.
F. All systems and utilities shall remain operational.
105134
02060-2 of 3
Building Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Disconnect, remove and cap, and identify designated utilities within demolition areas.
B. Remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of two feet below finished grade beyond
area of new construction.
C. Remove concrete slabs on grade.
D. Empty buried tanks located within demolition area, remove tanks, components, and piping from
site. Dispose of materials removed from tanks per applicable codes and regulations
E. Remove materials to be re-installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Store and protect
in accordance with requirements of Section 01600.
F. Backfill areas excavated as a result of demolition, in accordance with Division 2.
G. Rough grade and compact areas affected by demolition to maintain site grades and contours.
H. Remove demolished materials from site, and dispose of materials per applicable codes and
regulations.
I. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition.
J. Remove temporary work.
K. When possible dispose of material to recycling centers
END OF SECTION
105134
02060-3 of 3
Building Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work in this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Required demolition of designated existing elements.
B. Salvage of designated items.
1.3 REFERENCES:
A. Comply with NFPA 1 – Chapter 29 and NFPA 241 Standard for Safeguarding Construction
Alteration and Demolition Operation 2000 Edition.
B. Florida Building Code.
1.4 NOTIFICATION OF OWNERS OF UTILITY LINES AND EQUIPMENT
A. Notify the Owner or local authority owning any conduits, wires, pipes or equipment affected by
demolition work.
B. Arrange for removal or relocation of affected items and pay fees or costs in conjunction with
removal or relocation, except as otherwise noted.
1.5 PROTECTION
A. Prior to starting any work on site, provide a safety plan as outlined in Section 423.6, FBC – 2nd
Edition with 2003 Revisions to the Building Department for approval.
B. Coordinate the implementation of the safety plan with the Building Department, Campus Police,
School Representative, and Program Management.
C. Prior to starting demolition operations, provide necessary protection of existing spaces and
items to remain.
D. Owner may be continuously occupying areas of the building immediately adjacent to areas of
selective demolition. If Owner continues to occupy the facility comply with the following:
1. Conduct demolition work in a manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owners
normal operations.
2. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's
personnel and general public to and from occupied portions of the facilities.
3. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will
impact Owners normal operations. Obtain specific approval from Owner for impact.
E. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items to be demolished. Conditions at
time of commencement of contract will be maintained by Owner insofar as practical.
F. Protect any exposed existing finish work that is to remain during demolition operations.
G. Erect and maintain dust proof partitions, closures and ventilator systems as required to prevent
spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. Take whatever precautions
necessary to minimize impact on occupied areas.
105134
02070-1 of 3
Selective Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust
control, runoff and erosion control, and disposal of demolished materials.
B. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.
D. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, and hydrants, without permits.
E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated
materials. Contact the Architect and Owner immediately.
F. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination.
G. No demolition will occur during school hours without the written permission of the Owner.
H. Obtain Palm Beach County School District Environmental Control Office (ECO)
certification/approval prior to demolition/invasive testing.
1.7 EXPLOSIVES
A. The use of explosives is strictly prohibited.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - (Not applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify that abandoned utilities are properly disconnected and capped.
B. Verify that required barricades and other protective measures are in place.
C. Provide necessary shoring, bracing, and other precautions required to properly support existing
structure during cutting and demolition operations.
D. Photograph existing conditions of structure, surfaces, equipment and surrounding spaces that
could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition work; submit photographs
and written report of existing damage to Architect prior to starting work.
1. Contractor shall repair damage caused to existing facilities at no cost to Owner unless they
can provide documentation is indicating pre-existing damage.
3.2 DEMOLITION OPERATIONS
A. Comply with alteration precautions and procedures specified in Section 01120.
B. Cut and remove elements and equipment as designated on Drawings. Remove elements in their
entirety unless otherwise indicated.
C. Execute demolition in a careful and orderly manner with least possible disturbance or damage to
adjoining surfaces and structure.
D. Exercise extreme caution in cutting and demolition of portions of existing structure. Obtain
approval of Architect prior to cutting or removing structural members for any reason.
E. Avoid excessive vibrations in demolition procedures that may be transmitted through existing
structure and finish materials.
F. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable
regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning assessment, removal, handling and protection
against exposure or environmental pollution and immediately contact the District’s ECO.
105134
02070-2 of 3
Selective Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.3 DISPOSAL
A. Materials, equipment and debris resulting from demolition operations shall become property of
Contractor. Remove demolition debris at least once each day in accordance with applicable
City, State, and Federal Laws.
B. Cover debris in trucks with approved netting to prevent spillage during transportation.
C. Do not store except in approved containers or burn materials on site. Remove combustible
waste materials in a manner approved by local Fire Department. Remove, handle and dispose
of any hazardous waste and debris in accordance with applicable City, State, and Federal Laws.
D. Transport demolition debris to off-site disposal area and legally dispose of debris.
E. Use street routes specifically designated by City for hauling debris.
F. When possible dispose of material to recycling centers.
3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Leave building broom clean and free of debris, ready to receive new work.
B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to
remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition.
END OF SECTION
105134
02070-3 of 3
Selective Demolition
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing sub-grades for slabs-on-grade, foundations, walks, pavements, and lawns.
2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
3. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits for
buried utility structures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated sub-grade in a trench before laying pipe.
Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
Excavation: Removal of material encountered above sub-grade elevations.
1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below sub-grade elevations as directed by Owner.
Additional work paid per contract provisions.
2. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 10' wide and pits more than 30' length or width.
3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below sub-grade elevations or beyond indicated
dimensions without direction by Owner. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Owner, shall be without additional compensation.
Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, un-stratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders
or rock material ¾-cy. or more in volume that when tested by an independent geo-technical testing
agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2".
Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and
electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the
ground surface.
Sub-grade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavating, or top surface of a fill or
backfill immediately below base or topsoil materials.
Utilities: Include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
105134
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated:
02200-1 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
2.
Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for
fill and backfill.
Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on-site or borrow soil
material proposed for fill and backfill.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Geo-technical Testing Agency Qualifications: Owner will engage and pay for an independent
testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock-definition
testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted in writing by Owner and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services
according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s written permission.
3. Contact utility-locator service before excavating. (Sunshine 1-800-432-4770)
Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated for removal.
Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.
1.7 TRENCH SAFETY
A.
B.
In accordance with Florida Statute 553.63, trench excavations in excess of 5' deep shall require the
Contractor to submit in writing.
1. Reference to the trench safety standards that will be in effect during the period of construction
of the project.
2. Written assurance that Contractor will comply with the applicable trench safety standards.
3. Identify the cost of compliance with the applicable trench safety standards.
As a minimum the Contractor shall:
1. Comply with the excavation safety standards applicable to the project.
2. Adhere to any special shoring requirement, which may be applicable to such a project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available
from excavations.
Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a
combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3" in any dimension, debris,
waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL,
OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2% of optimum
moisture content at time of compaction.
Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
02200-2 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E.
F.
Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; maximum material size of 3" with at least 95%
passing a 1-1/2" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 200 sieve.
Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than
8% passing a No. 200 sieve.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A.
Detectable Warning Tape: Acid and alkali resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured
for making and identifying underground utilities, minimum 6" wide and 4-mils thick, continuously
inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion
protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30" deep; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications
4. Blue: Water systems
5. Green: Sewer systems
6. Purple: Reclaimed water system
2.3 CONCRETE
A.
Concrete formulation using type I cement and having a 28-day compressive strength of at least
3,000 psi.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A.
B.
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soilbearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.2 DEWATERING
A.
B.
C.
105134
Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
Protect sub-grades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate
in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.
2. Install a dewatering system to keep sub-grades dry and convey ground water away from
excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required. Draw down the water table 1'
below the bottom of any excavation or compaction surface.
Comply with South Florida Water Management District requirements for dewatering systems.
02200-3 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.3 EXPLOSIVES
A.
Explosives: Do not use explosives.
3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A.
Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to sub-grade elevations regardless of the character of surface
and sub-surface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and
rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A.
B.
Excavate to required elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1". Extend
excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for
installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate
by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required
lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
2. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility Structures:
Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 1". Do
not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface.
Use the following building pad preparation procedures to achieve the required design soil bearing
pressure.
1. Cleaning and grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all trees, roots, stumps, grass,
shrubbery, rubbish, building materials, and debris on the surface of the ground or beneath the
surface of the ground or the excavated areas or beneath the excavated areas.
a. Rubbish, etc., if found, shall be removed entirely at whatever depth found.
b. Roots, 2" and larger shall be removed to a depth of 4' below the surface, below the
bottom of the excavation or below the bottom of the footing.
c. Roots less than 2" shall be removed to a depth of 2' below the bottom of the footing and
do not use in any fill.
d. The cleaning and grubbing area shall extend outside the building pad areas by 5' in all
directions.
2. Excavate the entire building pad, plus 5’, to 4’ below the existing grade, unless the
geotechnical report identifies other limits.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS
A.
Excavate surfaces under walks to indicated cross sections, elevations, and grades.
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A.
B.
105134
Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12" higher than top of pipe or
conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12" on each side of pipe or conduit.
02200-4 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4" deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for bedding
course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
1. Excavate trenches 6" deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing
material to allow for bedding course.
3.8 APPROVAL OF SUB-GRADE
A.
B.
C.
D.
Notify Owner when excavations have reached required sub-grade.
If Owner determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with
compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
1. Additional excavation and replacement material paid per contract provisions.
Proof roll sub-grade with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of
excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated sub-grades.
Reconstruct sub-grades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or
construction activities, as directed by Owner.
3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A.
Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of
concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Owner.
3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A.
Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials
without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
3.11 BACKFILL
A.
Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable damp-proofing, waterproofing,
and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents.
3. Inspecting and testing underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls.
3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A.
B.
105134
Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course
to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and
bodies of conduits.
Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18" of bottom of footings; fill with concrete
to elevation of bottom of footings.
02200-5 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Provide 4" thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30" below surface of
roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4" of
concrete before backfilling or placing roadway sub-base.
Place and compact initial backfill of sub-base material, with soil with no more than 8% passing the
No. 200 sieve, with a maximum particle size of 1". The trench backfill shall be placed in
maximum loose lifts of 6" and compacted to at least 98% of the modified Proctor maximum dry
density, to a height of 12" over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches bringing backfill up evenly on both sides and
along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utilities.
Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
Fill voids with approved backfill materials while removing sheeting, shoring and bracing.
Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final sub-grade.
Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12" below finished grade, except 6" below sub-grade
under pavements and slabs.
3.13 FILL
A.
B.
C.
Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and
deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills.
Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surface steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill
material will bond with existing material.
Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.
2. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.
3. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
4. Under walks, use engineered fill.
3.14 MOISTURE CONTROL
A.
Uniformly moisten or aerate sub-grade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction
to within 2% of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds
optimum moisture content by 2% and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.
3.15 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A.
105134
Following building pad preparation procedures and, perform the following:
1. Provide soil compaction using a 20-ton self-propelled non-vibratory roller to provide 98%
compaction to a depth of 2' below the surface.
a. Subject each section of the building sub-grade to at least ten overlapping (20% overlap)
passes of the compactor traveling at a speed of no more than 1.5 MPH.
b. Densification operations shall continue until no further settlement is visually discernible
at the excavation bottom and the in-site soils at the cut grade are compacted to 98% of
the ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density.
c. Frequent wetting of the rolled sub-grade may be necessary to prevent drying and
loosening of the upper 6" to 12" of soil.
d. Contractor shall monitor nearby structures before and during proof-compaction
operations, taking care to ensure that vibrations induced by the compaction operations
does not cause any distress to nearby structures.
02200-6 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.
B.
C.
Structural fill to raise the site to the design building grades shall be placed in thin lifts (12"
thick loose measure), near the optimum moisture content for compaction, and compacted to at
least 98% of maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557).
3. A SDPBC building inspector shall inspect the footing excavation bottoms. Compact the
footing bottoms to 98% of the ASTM D1557 maximum dry density. Completely remove any
soft or organic soils detected in the footing bottoms, and replaced with clean granular fill
compacted to the degree specified above.
Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 12" in loose depth for material compacted
by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 6" in loose depth for material compacted by
hand-operated tampers.
Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.
3.16 GRADING
A.
B.
C.
General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.
Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish
sub-grades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Lawn, Walks, or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1".
Grading inside Building Lines: Finish sub-grades to a tolerance of ½" when tested with a 10'
straightedge.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Soil Borings: If the School District did not provide soil borings for this site, the Contractor shall
take a series of standard split spoon soil borings to ascertain the sub-surface soil conditions to
verify the acceptability of the sub-grade to support the 2500 psf bearing capacity noted.
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geo-technical engineering testing
agency to perform field quality- control testing.
Testing agency to inspect and test sub-grades and each fill or backfill layer. Contractor may
proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed works comply
with requirements.
Testing Agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167,
ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following
locations and frequencies:
1. Building Slab Areas: At sub-grade and at each compacted fill and backfill lift, at least one test
for every 2500 SF per lift or less of building slab, but in no case fewer than five tests.
2. Foundation Backfill: At each compacted backfill lift, at least one test for each column
footings, but no fewer than two tests. One compaction test per 50 linear feet of wall footing
with a minimum of one density test per perimeter wall footing.
3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for each
100' or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests.
4. General Fill: One density test per 5,000 SF of fill per lift.
When testing agency reports that sub-grades, fills, or backfills do not achieve the degree of
compaction specified, scarify, and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
required, re-compact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. Correction of failing
02200-7 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
work shall occur without additional cost to the owner. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all
re-testing costs due to failed tests.
3.18 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Owner; reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and re-construct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and
eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible.
D. Finish with placement of new sod or vegetation of same type as that removed for excavation.
Thoroughly water-in all plantings or sod. Refer to Section 02938, “Grass Sodding” for additional
requirements.
3.19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner’s property.
END OF SECTION 02200
105134
02200-8 of 8
Earth Work
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 02520
CONCRETE CURBS AND WALKS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Extent of concrete curbs, walks, and paving as show on drawings.
Earthwork and prepared sub-base.
Concrete and related materials.
Joint Fillers and Sealers
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with local governing regulations if more stringent than herein
specified.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as require for other
construction activities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Form: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during
concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight
forms, free of distortion and defects.
B. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required.
C. Coat forms with a non-staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface the surface of
the concrete.
D. No Earth Forming allowed.
E. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable sections for concrete materials,
admixture, bonding materials, curing materials, and others as required.
F. Expansion Joint Materials: Comply with requirements of Sections for performed expansion
joint fillers and sealers.
2.2 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN AND TESTING:
A. Comply with requirements of applicable Section for concrete mix design, sampling and testing,
and quality control, and as herein specified.
B. Design mix to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of portland cement, aggregate, airentraining admixture and water to produce the following properties:
C. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days.
D. Slump Range: 2" to 4".
E. Air Content: 5% to 8%.
105134
02520-1 of 4
Concrete Curbs, Sidewalks, &Paving
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A.
Examine the areas and conditions for the installation of concrete curbs, walks, and paving, if there
are conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion, notify the A/E in writing
immediately. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A.
Remove loose material from the compacted subgrade surface immediately before placing concrete.
Proof-roll prepared subgrade surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional
compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions correct and ready to receive paving
(95%, modified proctor).
3.3 FORM CONSTRUCTION:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install sufficient quantity of
forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours
after concrete placement.
Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances:
Top of forms not more than 1/8" in 10' deviation in alignment.
Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than ¼" in 10'.
Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure
separation from concrete without damage.
3.4 REINFORCEMENT:
A.
Use fibermesh concrete unless otherwise noted, following the requirements of Section 03341
"FIBROUS CONCRETE REINFORCING".
3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
General: Comply with the requirements of Sections for mixing and placing concrete, and as
specified.
Do not place concrete until subgrade and forms are checked and Architect approves for line and
grade. Moisten subgrade if require to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is
placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish
elevation and alignment.
Place concrete using methods, which prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face
of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint
assemblies, reinforcement or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and
consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels and joint
devices.
Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible.
If interrupted for more than ½- hour, place a construction joint.
Curbs and Gutters: Contractor, with the Architect's approval, may use an automatic machine for
curb and gutter placement. If machine placement is used, submit revise mix design and laboratory
test results, which meet or exceed minimums specified. Machine placement must produce curbs
02520-2 of 4
Concrete Curbs, Sidewalks, &Paving
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed
concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified. Do
not extrude curbs on bituminous paving.
3.6 JOINTS:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
General: Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true-to-line
with face perpendicular to surface of the concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Construct transverse
joints at right angles to the centerline, (distance equal to width) unless otherwise indicated.
Weakened-plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as shown on the drawings or every ten linear feet for curbs. Construct
weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least ¼ concrete thickness.
Sawed Joints: Form weakened-plane joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not
be torn, abraded or otherwise damaged by cutting action.
Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of all pours and at locations where placement
operations are stopped for a period of more than ½- hour, except where such pours terminate at
expansion joints.
Construct joints as shown or, if not shown, use standard metal key-way section forms.
Expansion Joints: Provide pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs,
catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, buildings and other fixed objects, and changes in
direction, and as shown on plans.
Locate expansion joints in pavement vehicle traffic lane 20'-0" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
Locate expansion joints the length of the sidewalk 48'-0” o.c., unless otherwise indicated
Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than ½" or more than 1", and 1" below
finished surface for joints sealer.
Provide dummy joints in sidewalk slabs 6' o.c., joints may be tool-struck or saw cut.
3.7 CONCRETE FINISHING:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Use hand
methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and
produce a uniform texture.
After floating, test surface for trueness with a ten-foot straight edge. Distribute concrete as required
to remove surface irregularities, and re-float repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish.
Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and
round to ½" radius, unless otherwise indicted. Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface.
After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete
surface finishing, as follows:
Broom finish, by drawing fine-hair broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic.
Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to Architect.
Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends
of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or section with
major defects, as directed by Architect.
3.8 CURING:
A.
105134
Protect and cure finished concrete paving, complying with applicable requirements of Division 3
Concrete. Use moist-curing methods for initial curing whenever possible.
02520-3 of 4
Concrete Curbs, Sidewalks, &Paving
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.9 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect.
Drill test cores when directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or
defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement
concrete bonded to pavement with suitable bonding agent.
Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least
14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as
possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
Sweep concrete pavement as wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign material just
prior to final inspection.
Repair/Replace existing sidewalks adjacent to property and on property if broken.
3.10 CONCRETE THICKNESS
A.
B.
C.
Sidewalks shall be 4" thick (6"at driveways) on 4" compact subgrade minimum 6' wide, with 3000
psi fiber mesh reinforcement.
1. Slopes between 1:12 and 1:20 indicate accessible ramps and shall comply with the
requirements of chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code-Building (FBC-Building).
2. Cross slopes on sidewalks shall be maximum of 1:50.
3. Extend curbs/sidewalks a minimum 24" from covered walkway columns.
4. Provide raised sidewalks or curbs to separate students from vehicle traffic.
Concrete Pavement for vehicle traffic areas shall be a minimum 6" thick 3000 psi concrete with 6"
x 6" x #6 x #6 welded wire mesh 2" from the bottom of slab on 6" limerock base. Slope concrete
1
/8" per foot.
Provide accessible ramps meeting the requirements of chapter 11 of FBC-Building, at the following
location. Flush curbs and bollards not allowed.
1. All crosswalks (including perimeter sidewalks).
2. Bus drop-off area, one per 100 linear feet of drop-off area (minimum two).
3. Parent drop-off area, two places, and one shall meet the requirements of a passenger vanloading zone per 11-4.6.6 FBC-Building.
4. Accessible parking areas, and main entrance.
END OF SECTION
105134
02520-4 of 4
Concrete Curbs, Sidewalks, &Paving
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 02938
GRASS SODDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Preparation and Placing of subsoil.
Fertilizing.
Sod installation.
Maintenance.
1.2 SCOPE
A. The work consists of performing all grass sodding and related work as indicated on drawings
and described in this section.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor is responsible for the repair of any existing lawn
areas disturbed during the construction process
C. The Contractor is responsible for the irrigation of all lawn areas on the project, including those
not covered by an irrigation system.
D. The Contractor is responsible for the all maintenance to the Bermuda grass lawns during a
minimum 2-month grow in period.
1.3 BERMUDA GRASS FIELD INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS
A. A contractor specializing in the grading and grassing of athletic fields shall grade and install the
Bermuda grass field. The specialty contractor shall submit a list of athletic field projects
successfully completed during the past three years, including a list of three similar Bermuda
Grass sports field projects for the approval of the Architect and the Owner. Include information
concerning the project Owner and references with telephone contact numbers.
1.4 REFERENCES AND RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
ASPA (American Sod Producers Association) - Guideline Specifications to Sodding.
FS O-F-241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial.
Section 02200, Earthwork.
The provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the Sections included
under, Division 1, General Requirements, are included as part of this section.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Weeds: Include Crab Grass, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedges,
Bindweed, Goose Grass, Crowfoot Grass, Torpedo Grass, Spurges, Spreading Dayflower,
Guinea Grass, Bull Paspalum, Sandbur, Love Grass, Finger Grass, Paricum Grasses, Foxtail,
Smut Grass, Amaranth, Chickweeds, Ragwood, Spanish Needles, Thistle, Horseweed,
Dogfennel, Cudweed, Hawksbeard, Dollarweed, Pepperweed, Beggarweeds, Sida, Oxalis,
Pusley, Penneywort, Matchweed, and Punctureweed.
105134
02938-1 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide submittals per section 01300.
B. Provide submittals for the following products for the Architects approval of prior to start of
work on the sodding.
1. Fertilizer
2. For the track infield area and all Bermuda grass fields, submit planting soil analyses of the
existing and imported soils for approval at no additional cost to the Owner. If the soil
composition within the track area is uniform, collect cores for a composition sample from
approximately six dispersed areas and within the top 6" of the soil. The analysis shall
show % of organic material in the soil through the loss on Ignition by Volume soil test
method, indicate the soil pH and with recommendations from the testing laboratory for
additional topsoil, fertilizer type and application rate, and other soil amendments necessary
to bring the top 6" of soils in the Bermuda grass areas to the following specified levels:
a. Percolation rate:
minimum 4" per hour in the top six inches of soil
b. PH level:
6.0 - 7.0
c. Soil Organic Content
5% minimum /20% maximum
d. Major and Minor nutrients as recommended by the laboratory
e. A South Florida agricultural testing laboratory acceptable to the Architect and the
Owner shall perform all testing and recommendations.
3. Herbicides
4. Fire ant certification from the sod supplier
5. Specialty grading and grassing contractor information as noted in Section 1.3 above.
C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals.
D. Operation Data: Submit for continuing Owner maintenance.
E. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions, cutting method and maximum grass
height, types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sod: Minimum age of 18 months, with root development that will support its own weight
without tearing, when suspended vertically by holding the upper two corners.
B. Submit sod certification for grass species and location of sod source.
C. Sod Producer: Company specializing in sod production and harvesting with minimum five years
experience, and certified by the State of Florida.
D. Installer: Company approved by the sod producer.
1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition.
B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of
fertilizer and herbicide mixture.
C. Contractor shall follow all regulations, ordinance, and code governing the work, including but
not limited to permitting and inspections.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Deliver sod on pallets. Protect exposed roots from dehydration.
C. All sod delivered to the site, shall be laid within 8 hours.
105134
02938-2 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall inspect the site and plans to become aware of the project conditions and
requirements before submitting a bid.
B. Section 01039 - Coordination and Meetings.
C. Sequence installation to ensure orderly and expeditious utility connections.
D. Coordinate with installation of underground sprinkler system pipe and watering heads.
1.11 CONTRACTOR SUPERVISION
A. The Contractor shall provide a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants on the
project when work is in progress.
B. Do not change the superintendent during the project without the consent of the Architect unless
the superintendent leaves the Contractor's employment.
C. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and in the Contractor's absence all directions
given to him by the Architect shall be binding as if given to the Contractor.
D. The Contractor's superintendent shall supervise the Contractor's employees on the job site and
be responsible for their actions and conduct on the job site.
1.12 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all his work from damage
and shall protect the Owner's property from injury or loss arising in connection with his work.
B. The Contractor is responsible for contacting the necessary entities to determine the locations of
all underground utilities on the site.
C. The Contractor shall take care to avoid damage to any existing buildings, equipment, piping,
pipe coverings, electrical systems, sewers, sidewalks, landscaping, grounds, aboveground or
underground installations or structures of any kind, and shall be responsible for any damage that
occurs as a result of his work.
D. Contractor shall adequately protect his work and all adjacent property as provided and required
by law.
E. Utilities noted on the plans are anticipated locations only. The utilities shown may not include
all underground utilities on the site, and the locations indicated may not be as installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GRASS SOD
A. Sod shall be the recognized Argentine Bahia, St. Augustine Floratam, or Tifway 419 Bermuda,
whichever is called for on the drawings.
B. Argentine Bahia and St. Augustine sod shall have well matted with roots; shall have firm tough
texture having a compact top growth and heavy root development. Bahia sod shall be sand
based. St. Augustine sod shall be muck based. Both types of sod shall contain no significant
amounts (more than 2% of canopy) of Bermuda grass, weeds or any other objectionable
vegetation. The soil embedded in the sod shall be free from fungus, vermin and other diseases
and shall have been mowed at least three times with an approved lawn mower with final
mowing not more than 7 days before the sod is cut. The sod shall be taken up in commercial
size rectangles measuring 16" x 24". The soil base of the sod shall be of a uniform thickness.
C. Tifway 419 Bermuda sod shall have well matted with roots; shall have firm tough texture
having a compact top growth and heavy root development. Bermuda sod shall be sand based,
105134
02938-3 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
and contain no weed of any type. The soil embedded in the sod shall be free from fungus,
vermin and other diseases and shall have been mowed no more than 4 days before the sod is cut.
The sod shall be taken up in rolls sized 42" wide and 75' long. Remove all netting from the
back of the sod prior to installation. The soil base of the sod shall be of a uniform thickness.
D. Sod shall be sufficiently thick to insure a dense stand of live grass. Sod shall be live, fresh, and
uninjured at the time of planting. Plant sod within 48 hours after harvesting.
E. Use only sod certified free of fire ants. Before delivering any sod to the project, the Contractor
shall furnish to the Owner and the Architect written certification from the supplier that the sod
is free of fire ants.
2.2 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS
A. Commercial fertilizer shall comply with the State Fertilizer Laws. Numerical designation for
fertilizer indicates the minimum percentage respectively of (1) total nitrogen, (2) available
phosphoric acid, and (3) water soluble potash contained in the fertilizer.
B. Fertilizer for Bermuda grass shall be 15-5-15 with the rate and minor nutrients as recommended
by the agricultural laboratory performing the tests on the project topsoil.
C. Fertilizer for Bahia and St. Augustine grass shall be 8-8-8-with appropriate minor nutrients
applied at the rate of 16 pounds per 1000 square feet.
2.3 WATER
A. Contractor shall supply and apply all water.
2.4 ROLLER
A. Contractor shall use a roller(s) appropriately sized to achieve the required lawn surface grade.
2.5 FERTILIZER SPREADER
A. Contractor shall use a device for spreading the fertilizer capable of uniformly distributing the
material at required rates.
2.6 HERBICIDES
A. The Contractor shall select, provide, and apply all herbicides as required.
2.7 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil for Bermuda Tifway 419 Lawns: If required, additional topsoil shall be as required by
the recommendations of the agricultural laboratory performing the analysis of the project soil.
B. Topsoil for St. Augustine Floratam Lawns: Topsoil shall be comprised of 50% sand and 50%
organic muck by volume. Topsoil shall be as provided by Atlas Peat and Soil, Inc. - Mix 5050,
or other equivalent manufactured soil mixture accepted in writing by the Architect. To propose
a substitute, the Contractor shall provide verification from an approved agricultural testing
laboratory that the substitute meets the required 50/50 ratio.
105134
02938-4 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.8 SOIL FUMIGANTS
A. The Contractor shall select and provide soil fumigants as required to eradicate all soil
organisms, all existing vegetation, and all plant seeds and other forms of plant regeneration.
B. Use all soil fumigants and other materials as specified and recommended by the
manufacturer(s). All soil fumigants shall be suitable for their intended purpose.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. The Contractor and his Bermuda grass installer shall coordinate and attend a pre-work meeting
with School District personnel prior to any Work.
B. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this section.
3.2 GENERAL: The order of work for sod installation shall be as follows:
A. Bahia Grass Lawns:
1. Removal of debris and existing vegetation not noted to remain.
2. Roto-tilling of all compacted areas.
3. Subgrading.
4. Removal of additional debris as required.
5. Fine grading.
6. Placement of sod.
7. Clean up.
8. Watering.
9. Maintenance (including watering of all areas regardless of whether or not a sprinkler
system has been installed).
10. Application of fertilizer 30 days after installation of sod.
11. Rolling of sod as soon as practical.
B. St. Augustine Floratam Lawns
1. Removal of debris and existing vegetation not noted to remain.
2. Roto-tilling of all compacted areas.
3. Subgrading.
4. Installation of muck topsoils.
5. Roto-tilling of muck topsoil into the existing soils.
6. Removal of additional debris as required.
7. Fine grading.
8. Placement of sod.
9. Clean up.
10. Watering.
11. Maintenance (including watering of all areas regardless of whether or not a sprinkler
system has been installed).
12. Application of fertilizer 30 days after sod installation.
13. Rolling of sod as soon as practical.
C. Bermuda Grass Lawns:
1. Roto-tilling of all compacted areas.
2. Laser subgrading.
3. Installation of topsoil and other soil amendments.
4. Roto-tilling of topsoils and amendments into the existing soils.
5. Removal of debris as required.
105134
02938-5 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Soil fumigation.
Final laser grading in accordance with specific elevations noted in the civil engineering
grading plans.
Placement of sod.
Clean up.
Watering.
Beginning of required grow-in period and maintenance.
Application of fertilizer four and eight weeks after installation.
Rolling of sod approximately four weeks after installation.
3.3 ROTO-TILLING:
A. Roto-till all lawn areas that have become compacted during the construction process as required
to assure adequate percolation of water through the soil.
3.4 SUBGRADE:
A. Prepare subgrade for all areas receiving sod, as required to produce the finish grades indicated
on the grading plans and specifications.
B. Remove all existing shell rock or other road base that encroaches more than 12" into any lawn
area, and fill any voids cause by road base removal with clean, well draining, and properly
compacted planting soil
3.5 INSTALLATION OF TOPSOIL AND SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Install additional topsoil and other soil amendments in Bermuda grass areas as required to
accommodate the required grades and the recommendations of the testing laboratory. Roto-till
all materials into the existing soil until the top 6" of soil is a homogeneous mixture.
B. Install a minimum 2" thick layer of topsoil in all areas receiving St. Augustine Floratam sod.
Roto-till all topsoil into the existing soil until the top 4" of soil is a homogeneous mixture.
3.6 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS
A. Clean areas receiving grass of all stones larger than ¼ inch in diameter, sticks, stumps, paper,
glass and other debris. Kill by herbicide and remove all weeds or existing grasses from areas to
receive sod.
3.7 FUMIGATION OF THE BERMUDA GRASS LAWN AREAS
A. The Contractor shall fumigate the lawn areas receiving Bermuda grass to eradicate all soil
organisms, all existing vegetation is, and all plant seeds and other forms of plant regeneration.
The Contractor shall use a soil fumigation method that guarantees all vegetative matter and soil
organisms in the soil are eradicated. Use all soil fumigants and other materials as specified and
recommended by the manufacturer(s).
3.8 FINE GRADING
A. After removal of debris, perform fine grading as required to bring all areas to receive grass to a
smooth, even, and finished grade. Use a laser grader to fine grade areas receiving Bermuda
grass. Fine grade other areas receiving grass by raking to eliminate wind rows, ridges,
105134
02938-6 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
depressions and other irregularities. The Contractor shall fine grade areas receiving sod as
necessary to achieve a finished grade (top of the sod) as specified in this section.
All sodded areas bordered by sidewalks, asphalt pavement, or curbs shall have a finished grade
(top of the sod's soil) that is flush (or less than ½" below) with the grade of the adjacent
sidewalk, asphalt pavement, or curb.
All sodded areas bordered by planting areas shall have a finished grade (top of the sod's soil)
that is 1½" above the soil level in the adjacent planting bed.
3.9 PLACING OF SOD
A. The setting of pieces shall be staggered in such a manner as to avoid continuous seams. Sod
shall be moist and placed on a moist earth bed. Carefully place sod by hand, edge to edge in
rows at right angles to the slope, starting at the base of the area and working upward. On St.
Augustine and Bahia lawns, install only full size (16" x 24") pieces of sod (except for cutting-in
purposes). There shall be no voids between sod pieces, no overlapping of the edges of sod
pieces, and the finished grade of all sodded areas smooth and even. Use clean sand to fill any
developing voids or unevenness in the sod surface. Unless otherwise indicated by the grading
plans, the Contractor shall ensure that the finished grade of sod does not vary more than 2" from
a 10' long straight edge.
B. Place Bermuda grass sod field as required to produce a smooth and even surface conforming to
the grades indicated on the project civil engineering plans. All field areas shall be laser graded
as required to produce the required surface finish. The Contractor shall ensure that the finished
grade of sod does not vary more than ¼" from a 10' long straight edge. Remove any mesh
backing on the Bermuda grass from the sod and from the project site.
C. Carefully place sod located on slopes so that rolling with a power roller is not necessary.
Contractor may stake sod located around retention areas, along pavement areas or in swales.
The Contractor is responsible for the repair of any erosion or relocation prior to the sod firmly
rooting into the existing soil. Stakes, if used, shall not interfere with walking on, or the mowing
of, the sodded areas.
D. The Contractor shall ensure that the finished grade of sod placed directly adjacent to buildings
or other walls does not vary more than 2" from a 10' long straight edge.
3.10 CLEAN UP
A. Remove all debris, fertilizer bags, pallets etc. from the site upon completion of the work.
Thoroughly sweep any paved areas including curbs and sidewalks.
3.11 WATERING
A. Watering of the sodded areas is the Contractor’s responsibility.
B. Water sources shall be available and in operation prior to sodding for watering sodded areas.
C. If the permanent irrigation system is not available under this contract, the Contractor shall
provide temporary irrigation facilities for watering as required to establish and maintain turf
areas in a healthy and green condition. The Contractor shall provide water for areas of this
work not covered by an irrigation system.
105134
02938-7 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.12 APPLICATION OF FERTILIZER
A. Apply fertilizer as previously specified. The rate of application for St. Augustine and Bahia
grass shall be approximately 16 pounds per 1000 sq. ft. The rate of application for Bermuda
grass shall be as recommended by the agricultural testing laboratory. Uniformly apply the
fertilizer over the area receiving grass by using an approved distribution device calibrated to
distribute the appropriate quantity. Do not fertilize when the wind velocity exceeds 15 miles
per hour.
B. Fertilize St. Augustine and Bahia sod 30 days after installation, and request an inspection to
verify the application of the fertilizer.
C. Fertilize Bermuda sod both 30 and 60 days after installation, and request an inspection to verify
the application of the fertilizer.
3.13 ROLLING AND TOPDRESSING OF THE SOD:
A. Within one month of the laying the sod pieces, firmly press the sod into contact with the sod
bed by rolling with a suitably sized mechanical roller or other approved equipment. The rolling
operation shall provide a smooth and even surface conforming to the grades shown on the
grading plan, and insure knitting of sod without displacement of sod or deformation of the
surfaces.
B. All developed unevenness or depressions in the lawn surfaces shall be top dressed as required to
achieve a smooth and even finish. Top dressing shall not be applied more than 1" thick. In the
case that the lawn surface requires more than 1" of correction, remove, re-grade, and re-sod the
uneven areas.
3.14 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT
A. Contractor shall guarantee all sod work up until the end of the maintenance period. Contractor
shall replace any defective or distressed grass materials at no additional cost to the Owner.
During the guarantee period, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately replace
any dead material.
3.15 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Completion of work shall mean full compliance and conformity with the provisions expressed
or implied in drawings and in the specifications. Upon satisfactory completion of the work, the
Architect will perform an inspection of the work to determine if the sodding work is ready for
acceptance.
3.16 MAINTENANCE PROVISIONS - ST. AUGUSTINE AND BAHIA GRASS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete maintenance of all St. Augustine and Bahia
lawn areas until "Substantial Completion" of the project or final acceptance of the landscape
and irrigation work by the Owner and the Architect, whichever is later. Maintenance shall
include, but not be limited to:
1. Mowing all lawn areas no less than every other week, and the removal of all visible
amounts of grass clippings from the lawn areas. Do not allow the lawn to exceed 5" in
height for St. Augustine grass and 8" in height for Bahia grass.
2. Edging of all walks, roadways, and planting beds no less than every other week.
3. Eradication of all harmful insects (including ants).
105134
02938-8 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
4.
5.
6.
Control of all lawn and soil diseases.
Watering and fertilizing as specified, and as required to maintain all lawn areas in a good
condition for plant growth. Grass is required to be in a healthy and green condition at the
time of final acceptance.
Eradication of all weeds in the lawns as necessary for the grass to conform to the
specification in paragraph 2.1.
3.17 MAINTENANCE PROVISIONS - BERMUDA GRASS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete maintenance of all bermuda grass until:
1. Final acceptance of the landscape and irrigation work by the Owner and the Architect, or
2. Two months after completion of the Bermuda grass lawn installation whichever is later.
B. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Mowing all lawn areas no less than every week, and the removal of all visible amounts of
grass clippings from the lawn areas. Do not cut the lawn in more than 1/4" increments.
Mow Bermuda grass to an approximately 3/4" height.
2. Edging of all pavements and curbs no less than every week.
3. Eradication of all harmful insects (including ants).
4. Control of all lawn and soil diseases.
5. Watering and fertilizing as required to maintain all lawn areas in an excellent condition for
plant growth and sports field use. Grass is required to be in a healthy and green condition
at the time of final acceptance.
6. Eradication of all weeds in the lawns as necessary for the grass to conform to the
specification in paragraph 2.1.
7. All other work as necessary for the specialty Contractor to ensure a high quality sports
field turf.
END OF SECTION
105134
02938-9 of 9
Sodding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
1.2 Formwork for structural concrete.
A. Related accessories.
1.3 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete Buildings.
ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (1992 Edition).
ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
ACI Special Publication No. 4: Formwork for Concrete.
ANSI/ASME A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Structural Concrete Formwork: For surfaces of cast-in-place concrete to be unexposed or to
receive rubbed finish.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Proprietary materials and items, including forming accessories, water stops, joint
systems, and others.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Structural Concrete Forms for Beams, Columns, and Slabs:
1. New or properly reconditioned material designed to conform to requirements of ACI
Special Publication No. 4 and to support wet concrete without deflection.
2. Plywood Panels: PS-1 B-B plywood, Class 1, EXT-APA, sanded, mill oiled, and edge
sealed.
2.2 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B, five-ply, nylon- or polyester-cord-reinforced, highdensity polyethylene sheet; 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick.
1. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product that may be
incorporated into the work includes, but not limited to, "Griffolyn T-85" by Reef
Industries, Inc.
2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Griffolyn T-85" by Reef
Industries, Inc.
105134
03100-1 of 3
Concrete Formwork
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B. Form Coatings: Colorless commercial formulation form release and sealer compounds that will
not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
C. Form Ties: Adjustable length, removable or snap off metal form ties, designed to prevent form
deflection and to prevent spalling concrete upon removal, 1½" break back, and max. hole left
1¼" diameter.
D. Bevels and Rustications: Wood strips milled to shapes indicated or formed rigid plastic strips.
E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: 24-ga. galvanized steel with release tape sealed slots and bent tab
anchors.
F. Flashing Reglets: 16-oz. copper with release tape sealed slots and alignment splines at end
joints.
G. Construction Joints: 24-ga. galvanized steel keyway form type with knockout holes spaced 6"
o. c. to receive doweling.
H. Carton Forms: Fiberboard void boxes capable of supporting min. load of 600 lbs./sq.ft.
I. Form Joint System for Architectural Concrete Forms:
1. Gaskets: Closed cell foam tape. Source Product/Mfg. - No. 4016 by 3M.
2. Caulk: Rubberized, non-staining silicone compound. Source Product/Mfg. - No. 1201 by
GE.
3. Tape: 1 or 2 mil Mylar. Source Product/Mfg. - No. 371 by 3M.
J. Mastic Water stop: Preformed plastic or butyl resin strips. Source Products/Mfgs:
1. Synko-Flex/Synko-Flex Products Co.
2. ConSeal CS-102/Concrete Sealants.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels, and measurements required before proceeding with formwork.
B. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, reinforcing steel, and vapor retarders with
placement of forms.
3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Allowable tolerances for Structural Concrete Forms shall comply with ACI 301 and 347.
B. Allowable tolerances for camber in slabs and beams shall comply with ACI 301.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static, and
dynamic loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by concrete structure.
B. Construction:
1. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation, and position.
2. Build formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to cast-in-place
concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
3. Provide openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets,
chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features
required.
4. Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste.
105134
03100-2 of 3
Concrete Formwork
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
5. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling
and for easy removal.
6. Provide temporary openings at bottoms of forms to facilitate cleanout and inspection.
Close openings with tight fitting panels and neat joints so that joints will not be apparent in
exposed concrete surfaces.
C. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct continuous joint filler at points of contact
between slabs-on-ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundations walls,
grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated.
D. Form Coatings: Apply after forms are erected and joints are sealed but prior to placing
reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
1. Seal surfaces of wood rustications with 2 coats of form sealer.
2. Spray apply one coat of release agent to formwork faces except where concrete surfaces
are scheduled to receive special finishes or applied coatings.
3. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust- preventative form oil to protect against rusting.
Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable.
E. Embedded Items: Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items
required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete.
F. Reglets: Install to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing, and to receive thru-wall
flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels,
relieving angles, and other conditions.
G. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643
and manufacturer's written instructions.
3.4 RE-USE OF FORMS
A. Clean re-used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to
acceptable surface condition.
B. Recoat contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound as specified.
3.5 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING
A. Remove formwork and shoring progressively and in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347 so
that no unbalanced loads are imposed on the structure.
B. Do not remove shoring and formwork until members have acquired strength required to support
their own weight plus imposed loads and the concrete has attained 75% of required 28-day
compressive strength. Re-shore structural members as original shores are removed.
C. Formwork not directly supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 24 hours after
placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal
operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
D. In the event the Contractor wishes to remove formwork at an earlier time than specified, the
Contractor shall pay for and have testing laboratory obtain 2 additional concrete test cylinders
to confirm strength requirement for early form recovery.
END OF SECTION
105134
03100-3 of 3
Concrete Formwork
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 03341
FIBROUS CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Fibrous concrete reinforcement.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ACI 544.1R - State-of-the-Art Report of Fiber Reinforced Concrete.
ACI 544.2R - Measurement of Properties of Fiber Reinforced Concrete.
ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete.
ASTM C1018, Standard Test Method for Flexural Toughness and First Crack Strength of FiberReinforced Concrete (Using Beam with Third-Point Loading).
ASTM E119, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction Material.
ASCE 9, Standard Practice for the Construction and Inspection of Composite Slabs.
FM-129, Standard Test Method for Residual Strength of Fiber-Reinforced Concrete.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Antimicrobial fibrous concrete reinforcement shall produce concrete conforming to the
requirements for each type and class of concrete required, as indicated on the drawings and
specified where the concrete conforms to ASTM C1116, Type III, 4.1.3 and modified Kirby-Bauer
method tested against Staphylococcus Aureus and Escherichia Coli, and provide residual strength.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300.
Submit manufacturer's printed product data to indicate proposed fibrous concrete reinforcement
materials including application rate per cubic yard of concrete.
Submit manufacturer's printed batching and mixing instructions.
Concrete supplier shall certify the amount of fibrous concrete reinforcement material in each batch
of concrete delivered to the project site. Certificate shall have a copy of the batch delivery ticket;
indicating the trade name, manufacturer's name, and amount per cubic yard of fibrous concrete
reinforcement material in the batch. Minimum rate of 1.5-lb/cu yd.
Submit fiber manufacturer's facility's Certificate of Registration, providing ISO 9002 compliance.
Submit certification of fiber's antimicrobial properties.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ANTIMICROBIAL FIBROUS CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A.
105134
Materials:
1. 100% virgin polypropylene, containing no reprocessed olefin materials and specifically
engineered and manufactured with the solid antimicrobial preservative Microban "B", to be
used in concrete as antimicrobial concrete secondary reinforcement.
03341-1 of 2
Fibrous Concrete Reinforcing
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
Physical Characteristics:
1. Specific gravity: 0.91
2. Fiber length: Multi-Design Gradation
3. Antimicrobial Agent: Microban "B"
4. Fibers must document antimicrobial properties of:
a. Efficacy: The reinforcing fiber surface must exhibit antimicrobial activity as documented
by the Modified Kirby-Bauer method where the product is tested against Staphylococcus
Aureus and displays a minimum zone of inhibition of 10 mm with no contact growth and
Escherichia Coli and displays a minimum zone of inhibition of 5 mm with no contact
growth.
b. Toxicity: The 100% active antimicrobial agent must: have a minimum acute oral LD50
of 3000 milligrams per kilograms of body weight, and not act as a primary skin irritant or
sensitizer.
c. Disposal: Any product containing the additive is unrestricted (with respect to the
additive) for disposal in ordinary sanitary or equivalent landfills.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A.
B.
Add fibrous reinforcement during batching of concrete in amounts per approved submittals for each
type of concrete required.
Mix concrete in strict accord with fiber reinforcement manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for uniform and complete distribution.
3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE
A.
Provide the services of a qualified technical representative to instruct the concrete supplier in proper
batching and mixing of materials.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACING AND FINISHING
A.
B.
Place and finish concrete materials as specified in Section 03300.
Fibrous concrete reinforcing only for exterior concrete work - sidewalk, pads, etc.
END OF SECTION
105134
03341-2 of 2
Fibrous Concrete Reinforcing
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 04100
MORTAR AND GROUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
Mortar for Masonry
Grout for Unit Masonry
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures
C530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 - Specifications for Masonry Structures
ASTM C91 - Masonry Cement
ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry
ASTM C404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout
ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry
ASTM C595 - Blended Hydraulic Cement
ASTM C780 - Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain
and Reinforced Unit Masonry
M. ASTM C1019 - Test Method of Sampling and Testing Grout
N. Florida Building Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Submit mix design for mortar indicating whether the proportion or the property specification of
ASTM C270 is to be used.
Submit mix design for grout indication conformance of grout to requirements of ASTM C476.
Submit test reports indicating conformance of mortar materials to property specifications of ASTM
C270.
Submit test reports of pre-construction tests of mortar for consistency, mortar aggregate ratio, water
content, air content, compressive strength and splitting tensile strength in conformance with ASTM
C780.
Submit test reports of grout tests in conformance to ASTM C1019.
Submit manufacturer's certificate for products indicating conformance with specified requirements.
Submit two samples representative of mortar color.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
105134
Deliver and store packaged materials in original unopened containers and store in dry weather-tight
enclosures.
Stockpile and handle aggregates to prevent segregation and contamination.
Maintain sand for volume proportioning of mortar and grout in a damp loose condition.
04100-1 of 3
Mortar and Grout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Follow requirements of ACI530.1/ASCE6/TMS 602-99 for cold and hot weather construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MORTAR MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Cementitious Materials:
1. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, Type M or S, gray color.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, gray color.
3. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
Sand: ASTM C144.
Water: Suitable for drinking, clean, and free of harmful amounts of acid, alkalies, salts, or organic
materials.
Admixtures:
1. When required use only non-chloride based accelerators as approved by specifier.
2. No antifreeze substances shall be added to the mortar.
Pigments: When required used mineral oxide pigments not to exceed 5% of the weight of masonry
cement or 10% of the weight of Portland cement in the mortar.
2.2 GROUT MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
Aggregates: ASTM C404.
Water: Suitable for drinking, clean, and free of harmful amounts of acid, alkalies, salts, or organic
materials.
2.3 MORTAR MIXES
A.
Mortar: ASTM C270, Type M or S in conformance with proportion specifications.
2.4 GROUT MIXES
A.
Grout: ASTM C476, coarse grout meeting proportion requirements.
2.5 MORTAR MIXING
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Measure sand by volume or equivalent weight; do not measure by shovel.
In clean mortar mixer, mix ingredients for 3 to 5 minutes with maximum amount of water to
produce proper workability.
Re-temper mortar as needed within 2½-hours after initial mixing.
Discard unused mortar 2½-hours after initial mixing.
04100-2 of 3
Mortar and Grout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.6 GROUT MIXING
A.
B.
C.
Control batching procedure to ensure proper volume proportions of grout materials and achieve
grout slump between 8" and 11".
Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94.
Measure grout materials mixed at job site by volume and mix all ingredients in mechanical mixer
for minimum of five minutes.
2.7 MIX TESTS
A.
B.
Testing of Mortar: In accordance with ASTM C270
Testing of Grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
Install mortar and grout in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602-99.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
Field inspection and testing will be performed under the provisions of Section 01400.
Testing of Mortar: In accordance with ASTM C780 for consistency, mortar aggregate ratio, water
content, air content, compressive strength and splitting tensile strength.
Testing of Grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019
END OF SECTION
105134
04100-3 of 3
Mortar and Grout
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The provisions of the general Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the Sections included
under Division 1, General Requirements, are included as a part of this Section 1.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Fireproof firestopping and fire safe materials and accessories.
1.3 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
ASTM E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
ASTM E119 – Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
ASTM E814 – Standard Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops
FM (Factory Mutual) - Fire Hazard Classifications.
UL - Fire Hazard Classifications
UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials
UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops
WH (Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings.
Florida Building Code.
1.4 DEFINITION
A. Firestopping: A code approved material or assembly placed in spaces between building
materials to arrest the spread of smoke, heat, gases, or fire through wall or floor openings.
1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263 or UL 1479 to achieve fire rating.
B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 or UL 723 with a flame spread/smoke developed rating per code.
C. Firestop all interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials and components.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions.
Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section
with minimum five years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three
105134
07270-1 of 3
Firestopping
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.
B. Provide certificate of compliance from UL or WH indicating approval of materials used.
1.9 MOCKUP
A. Provide mockups of applied firestopping assemblies under provisions of Section 01400.
B. Apply 3 sq. ft. to a representative substrate surface.
C. Apply firestop material to a representative penetrated masonry, concrete, stud wall and
substrate.
D. If accepted, mockup will demonstrate minimum standard of the Work.
E. Mockup may remain as part of the Work.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60°F.
B. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during and three days after installation of materials.
C. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SILICONE ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND
A. Single or multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant.
2.2 FOAM COMPOUND
A. Single or multiple component foam compound.
2.3 FORMULATED COMPOUND OF INCOMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
A. Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers.
2.4 FIBER STUFFING
A. Mineral fiber stuffing insulation.
2.5 MECHANICAL DEVICE WITH FILLERS
A. Mechanical device with incombustible fillers covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined
with collars and penetration sealed with flanged stops.
2.6 INTUMESCENT PUTTY
A. Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain.
2.7 CERAMIC-BASED FIRESTOP SEALANT
105134
07270-2 of 3
Firestopping
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
A. High temperature smoke and firestop sealant for sealing penetrations in walls and floors.
2.8 FIRE PREVENTION PILLOW SYSTEM
A. Intumescent fiberglass bags for sealing cable tray openings.
2.9 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces.
B. Installation Accessories: Clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices
required to position and retain materials in place.
PART 3 PREPARATION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01039.
B. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material or other matter that may affect
bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials that may affect bond.
C. Install materials to arrest liquid material leakage.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Install material at walls or partition openings that contain penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork,
conduit and other items requiring firestopping.
B. Apply primer and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating.
D. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces.
Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials.
E. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.
3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01500.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
END OF SECTION
105134
07270-3 of 3
Firestopping
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I specification sections, apply to work in this section.
B. Requirements of this section apply to Gypsum Plaster and Portland Cement Plaster Work.
1.2 SYSTEM DESRIPTION:
A. The extent of the use of metal studs is indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein.
1.3 REFERENCES:
A. ASTM A591/A591M – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for
Light Coating Weight [Mass] Applications.
B. ASTM C645 – Standard Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners
(Track) and Rigid Furring Channel for Screw Attachment of Gypsum Board.
C. ASTM C754 – Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive
Screw-Attached Gypsum Lath, Backing Board or Water-Resistant Backing Board.
D. GA 203 – Installation of Screw Type Steel Framing Members to Receive Gypsum Board.
E. MFMA (Metal Framing Manufacturer’s Association) – Guidelines for the Use of Metal
Framing.
F. ASCE 7-98 – Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures.
G. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Resistance Manual
H. Gypsum Association (GA) - Fire Resistance Design Manual.
I. Florida Building Code.
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate prefabricated work, component details, stud layout, framed openings,
anchorage to structure, type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of other
related work.
B. Describe method for securing studs to tracks, splicing, and for blocking and reinforcement to
framing connections.
C. Provide calculations for loadings and stresses of exterior walls to meet or exceed the
requirements of ASCE 7-98 by a Professional Structural Engineer, licensed in Florida.
D. Product Data: Provide data describing standard framing member materials and finish, product
criteria, load charts and limitations.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions
requiring special attention.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver materials and store off the floor in dry area to prevent damage due to corrosion,
moisture, excessive handling.
105134
09111-1 of 3
Metal Stud Framing System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
B.
When evidence of moisture occurs, immediately remove water and leave members
completely dry.
Installation of rusted framing members will not be accepted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
following:
1. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2. Dale/Incor Industries
3. United States Gypsum Co.
2.2 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS:
A. Studs in interior partitions of at least 1⅝" x 3⅝" may be, 25-ga (less than 12' high), 22-ga or
heavier (12'- 16' high), 20-ga or heavier (more than 16’ high), ASTM C645 "Specification for
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
B. Provide minimum double 18-ga studs at window and door opening.
C. Exterior wall framing: Studs shall be 4" CEE 16-ga galvanized steel studs conforming to
ASTM C1007 for load-bearing stud systems, and ASTM C754 for non-load (axial) bearing
systems.
D. Floor and Ceiling Runners: Channel type metal runners, formed from 22-ga. galvanized steel,
ASTM C645. Ceiling runners to have extended leg retainer. Provide same gauge runners as
studs.
E. All studs, tracks, runners and accessories shall be formed from steel having a minimum G-90
galvanized coating.
F. Fasteners:
1. Hex Washer Head Screw - for framing member connections.
2. Pan Tex Screw - for framing member connections.
3. Bugle Head Screw shall be used to attach gypsum lath to studs.
4. Lath Tek Screw shall be used to attach metal lath to studs.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Verify that conditions are ready to receive work.
Verify field measurements are as shown on drawings.
Verify that rough-in utilities are in proper location.
Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 ERECTION:
A. Align and secure top and bottom runners at 24" o.c. with .145" diameter low-velocity power
driven fasteners with 1¼" penetration.
B. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs.
105134
09111-2 of 3
Metal Stud Framing System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C. Install studs vertically at 16" o.c. unless otherwise noted.
D. Studs shall be bottomed out, plumbed, aligned, and securely attached to each stud flange, top,
and bottom.
E. Stud splicing will not be permissible.
F. Construct corners using a minimum three studs.
G. Double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs, and not more than 2" each side of
openings.
H. Brace stud-framing system and make rigid. Bridging not to exceed 4'-3" o.c.
I. Align stud web openings.
J. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, and blocking with electrical and mechanical work to
be placed in or behind stud framing.
K. Blocking: Secure metal stud blocking to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing
fixtures, wall cabinets, counter tops, toilet partitions and accessories, hardware, and other items
as indicated.
L. All partitions shall extend through the ceiling system and be supported from the structure above.
See wall types shown on the drawings for exact requirements.
3.3 TOLERANCES:
A. Maximum Variation from True Position: ⅛" per 10'.
B. Maximum Variation of any Member from Plane: ⅛".
END OF SECTION
105134
09111-3 of 3
Metal Stud Framing System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work in this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Gypsum Board Partition Systems.
Gypsum Board Accessories.
Joint Treatment.
Textured Finish.
1.3 REFERENCES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
ASTM C36/C36M – Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard.
ASTM C79/C79M – Standard Specification for Gypsum Sheathing Board.
ASTM C442C442M – Standard Specification for Gypsum Backing Board and Core Board.
ASTM C475 – Standard Specification for Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard
Construction.
ASTM C630 – Standard Specification for Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board
ASTM C645 – Standard Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners,
Track, and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board.
ASTM C754 – Standard Specification for the Installation of Framing Members to Receive
Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board.
ASTM D5420 – Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic By Means of
a Striker Impacted by Falling Weight.
ASTM E119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
ASTM E695 – Standard method for Measuring Relative Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof
Construction to Impact loading.
ASTM C840 – Standard Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
GA-216 – Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
GA-600 – Fire Resistance Design Manual.
Florida Building Code.
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data sheets and printed installation instructions
for each product or system proposed for use.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform gypsum board systems work in accordance with recommendations of ASTM C754,
C840 and GA-216 except as otherwise specified in this Section.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
105134
09250 - 1 of 4
Gypsum Board Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
2.
Fire-rated Assemblies: Listed and rated by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. or generic fire
resistance ratings listed in GA-600.
Fire-Hazard Classification: Listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
1.6 COORDINATION:
A. Prior to and during installation, coordinate with work of other trades to facilities required
openings and finishes.
B. Conduct pre-construction meeting with drywall contractor, architect, owner, project
coordinator, and others involved with process.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Store material off floor in dry area to prevent damage from moisture or excessive handling.
B. Follow manufacturer’s requirements for on site storage and handling of materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. U.S. Gypsum Co products listed. as a standard of quality.
B. Equivalent products of following manufacturers are acceptable.
1. National Gypsum Corp
2. U.S. Gypsum Corp
3. Georgia-Pacific Corp
4. Lafarge North America Inc
5. Other approved equal
2.2 MATERIALS:
A. Furring Channels: USG metal stud channel, 1½". deep, roll-formed sections of 20-ga.
galvanized steel, ASTM C645.
B. Gypsum Wallboard (General and above 8' AFF): ⅝" thick, ASTM C36, tapered edge, fire rated
Type X. (Note: At radius walls the Contractor has the option to install ¼" and/or ⅜" thick
gypsum wallboard in layers.)
C. Gypsum Wallboard (Corridors, stairways, cafeteria, stage, and gymnasium up to at least 8' AFF
minimum): Abuse resistant brand, ⅝" thick, ASTM C36, tapered edge, fire rated Type X. (Note:
At radius walls the Contractor has the option to install ¼" and/or ⅜" thick gypsum wallboard in
layers.)
1. Acceptable abuse resistant drywall:
a. Fiber Rock VHI by USG.
b. Abuse-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard by National Gypsum.
c. DensArmor by Georgia Pacific.
d. Protecta AR 100 by LaFarge.
e. Or approved equal.
D. Water Resistant Gypsum Wallboard (MR Green Board): ⅝" thick, ASTM C630, tapered edge.
Provide at all “wet” areas (areas subject to contact with water), whether shown or not shown.
E. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Standard or Fire Rated type, tapered edges, ends square cut,
ASTM C931.
F. Gypsum Backing Board: Standard or Fire Rated type, square edges, ASTM C442.
105134
09250 - 2 of 4
Gypsum Board Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
G. Gypsum Sheathing: ½" thick exterior water resistant board for metal framing systems with
book tongue and grooved edges. Acceptable product shall be DENS-GLASS GOLD.
H. Compounds: Pre-fill powdered joint compound, laminating adhesive, taping compound and
topping compound, ASTM C475.
I. Joint Tape: Perforated tape, ASTM C475.
J. Fasteners: Self-drilling, self-tapping bugle head screws, Type S12 and GA 216, length required
for each assembly.
K. Metal Accessories:
1. Corner Beads: Dur-A-Bead No. 101, galvanized.
2. Metal Trim (Casing Bead): No. 200-A or 200-B metal trim, galvanized.
L. Interior Expansion Joint Covers: Balco Inc. or equal;
1. Walls: Type 6ADW-1 and 6ADWC-1 or type as recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine adjacent construction for conditions that would prevent proper installation of drywall
systems.
B. Do not proceed until defects are corrected.
3.2 METAL FRAMING INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1. Install metal framing in accordance with ASTM C754 except as otherwise specified.
2. Install members true to lines and levels to provide surface flatness with maximum variation
of ⅛" in 10' in any direction.
3. Install metal studs at 16" o.c. unless noted otherwise.
B. Metal Furring Channels
1. Secure to masonry walls and around door and window openings, intersections, and corners
with low velocity power driven anchors.
2. Install metal furring at 16" o.c. vertically.
3. Extend furring on exterior walls full height of wall.
3.3 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM INSTALLATION:
A. Install in strict accordance with GA-201, GA-216 and GA-600, do not install until building is
dried in.
B. Maximum variation in flatness ⅛" in 10'.
C. Install sound-attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless
blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.
D. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to
avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of
adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
E. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels.
Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1.5 mm (1/16") of
open space between panels. Do not force into place.
F. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate
supports or gypsum board back blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered
105134
09250 - 3 of 4
Gypsum Board Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid
joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible.
Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
Spot grout hollow metal doorframes for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors
over 800 mm (32") wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert
gypsum panels into frames.
Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between
edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels.
Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above
ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally.
1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke
ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 0.7 sm (8 sf) in area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural
members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit
profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 6.4- to 9.5-mm- (¼" ⅜") wide joints to install sealant.
Isolate perimeter of non load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except
floors, as detailed. Provide 6.4- to 12.7-mm- (¼" - ½") wide spaces at these locations and trim
edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between
edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters,
behind control and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of
acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919
and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound-flanking
paths around or through gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical
ceilings.
Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
3.4 ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION:
A. Corner Beads: Install on external corners, with screws spaced 8" o.c. both sides.
B. Metal Trim: Install over face-layer gypsum board with fasteners spaced 8" o.c. Install where
gypsum board surfaces meet dissimilar surfaces and at other detailed locations.
3.5 JOINT TREATMENT:
A. Treat joints, interior angles, fastener depressions and finishing trim on face-layer gypsum board,
including gypsum board in ceiling plenums.
B. Pre-fill, tape, fill and finish in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
C. Apply a thin skim coat of joint compound over entire surface of gypsum board.
D. Sand finish coat and leave surfaces smooth, uniform, and free of fins, depressions, cracks and
other imperfections.
END OF SECTION
105134
09250 - 4 of 4
Gypsum Board Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 09511
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C635 – Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal
Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings.
B. ASTM C636 – Standard Practice for the Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for
Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels
C. ASTM C665 – Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light
Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing
D. ASTM E580 – Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical
Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint
E. ASTM E1264 – Standard Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products
F. Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association (CISCA) - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and
Practice.
G. UL - Fire Resistance Directory and Building Material Directory
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
1. Product data for each type of product specified.
2. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
samples of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for final unit
of Work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets
showing full range of variations expected.
a. 150 mm (6") square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern, and color
b. Set of 300 mm (12") long samples of exposed suspension system members, including
moldings, for each color and system type required.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceilings that are identical to those tested
for the following fire performance characteristics, per ASTM test method indicated below, by
UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting organization.
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with
ASTM E 1264 for Class A products.
a. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less.
B. Single Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling unit from
a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and
physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.
C. Single Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system
from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and
physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.
105134
09511 - 1 of 4
Suspended Acoustical Ceiling System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components to Project site in original,
unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected
against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a
stabilized moisture content.
C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed
and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is
complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained
at values near those indicated for final occupancy.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full size units equal to 2% of amount
installed.
2. Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed component equal to
2% of amount installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Mineral Base Panels typical unless noted on Reflected Ceiling Plans. Tiles shall be 24" x
48" non-directional, resistant to high humidity and growth of mold/mildew, with Painted
Finish Perforated and Fissured Pattern, and Class ‘A’ finish, Color: White.
a. General
i) Armstrong World Industries "Fine Fissured" with HumiGuard Plus Square Layin.
ii) Celotex Corp. (BPB Corp) "Baroque High NRC" with BioShield
iii) USG Interiors Radar Climaplus
b. Kitchen
i) Washable USG "Climaplus Clean Room"
ii) Washable Armstrong World Industries, “Clean Room VL"
iii) Celotex Corp. (BPB Corp) "Baroque" with PlasticGard.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following, and the grid system shall be compatible with the tiles to provide resistant to high
humidity and growth of mold/mildew:
1. Non-Fire-Resistance Rated Double-Web Steel Suspension Systems:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corporation.
c. USG Interiors, Inc.
2. Edge Moldings:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corporation.
c. Fry Reglet Corp.
d. USG Interiors, Inc.
105134
09511 - 2 of 4
Suspended Acoustical Ceiling System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS, GENERAL
A. Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturers' standard units of configuration
indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by reference to types,
patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectance, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E 400 (plenum mounting in which face of
test specimen is 400 mm (15-3/4") away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795.
B. Colors and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated under each
product type.
2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension
systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable
ASTM C 635 requirements.
B. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory applied finish for type of system
indicated.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct
Hung unless otherwise indicated.
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: ASTM A 641M/ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft
temper.
1. Gage: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table
1, Direct-Hung), will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 2.69 mm
(0.106") diameter wire.
E. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles indicated or, if not
indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit type of edge
detail and suspension system indicated. Provide column surround trim at round columns.
F. Retention Clips: Armstrong #414 or similar by other acoustical panel manufacturers.
2.4 NON-FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED DIRECT-HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Wide-Face Capped Double-Web Steel Suspension System: Main and cross-runners roll-formed
from pre-painted or electrolytic zinc-coated cold-rolled steel sheet, with pre-finished 23 mm
(15/16") wide metal caps on flanges; other characteristics as follows:
1. Structural Classification: Intermediate Duty System.
2. End Condition of Cross-Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type, as standard with
manufacturer.
3. Cap Material and Finish: Steel sheet painted white.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Tile Adhesive: Type recommended by tile manufacturer, bearing UL label for Class 0-25 flame
spread
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with
Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that
affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
105134
09511 - 3 of 4
Suspended Acoustical Ceiling System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose
installation is specified in other sections.
1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance
of time needed for coordination of other work.
B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at
opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply
with reflected ceiling plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical ceiling systems to comply with installation standard referenced
below, per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Standard for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: Comply with ASTM C 636.
B. Arrange acoustical units in a manner shown by reflected ceiling plans.
1. Where ACT units are installed, provide retention clips in accordance with ceiling panel
manufacturer’s recommendations.
C. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling
plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay
hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by
bracing, counter-splaying, or other equally effective means.
2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacing that interferes with the location of hangers at spacing required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form
of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to
support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards.
3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts,
eye-screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner
that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated
temperatures.
4. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing
members, by attaching to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices that are secure and
appropriate for structure to which hangers are attached as well as for type of hanger
involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age,
corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
5. Space hangers not more than 1200 mm (48") along each member supported directly from
hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 200 mm (8") from
ends of each member.
D. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where
necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units.
E. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by
support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at
penetrations.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension
members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to
permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION
105134
09511 - 4 of 4
Suspended Acoustical Ceiling System
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.
ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.
NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) - Industrial Maintenance Painting.
NPCA (National Paint and Coatings Association) - Guide to U.S. Government Paint
Specifications.
Paint - Certified Product List - 12/95, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services.
PDCA (Painting and Decorating Contractors of America) - Painting - Architectural Specifications
Manual.
SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.
Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products.
Samples: Submit two 9" x 9" samples illustrating selected colors and textures for each type.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures, substrate conditions
requiring special attention.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
B.
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with
minimum five-years documented experience.
Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum fiveyears documented experience.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes.
1.7 FIELD SAMPLES
A.
105134
Provide a complete room field sample illustrating coating color, texture, and finish.
09900-1 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
D.
Provide exterior field sample at an outside corner condition with finish extending minimum 10'
both directions and selected height.
Locate where directed by Architect and Owner.
Accepted sample may remain as part of the work.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
Follow manufacturer’s requirements.
Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code,
coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation and
instructions for mixing and reducing.
Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45° F and a maximum of 90° F, in
ventilated area and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges
required by the paint product manufacturer.
Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or when relative humidity is outside the humidity
ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45° F for interiors 50° F for exterior unless
required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and Stain Finishes: 65° F for interior or exterior,
unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
Provide lighting level of 80 foot-candles measured mid-height at substrate surface.
Dispose of waste in accordance with applicable regulations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
Coatings: Ready mixed, except field-catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste
consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good
flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not
specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality.
Patching Materials: Latex filler.
2.2 QUALITY STANDARDS
A.
105134
Certified Product List by Florida School Plant Management Association Product Evaluation
Program, included in this section, establishes minimum quality standards acceptable to the School
District of Palm Beach County.
09900-2 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.3 FINISHES
A.
Refer to schedule at end of section for surface finish and color schedule.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01039.
Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition
that may potentially affect proper application.
Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes
unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums:
1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12%.
2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12%.
3. Interior Wood: 15%, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016.
4. Exterior Wood: 15%, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016.
5. Concrete Floors: 8%.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
105134
Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons and fittings prior to
preparing surfaces or finishing.
Correct defects and clean surfaces that affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that
exhibit loose surface defects.
Seal with shellac any marks which may bleed through surface finishes.
Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and
bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or highpressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer
immediately following cleaning.
Asphalt, Creosote or Bituminous Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove foreign particles to
permit adhesion of finishing materials. Apply compatible sealer or primer.
Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton.
Concrete Floors: Remove contamination acid etch and rinse floors with clear water. Verify
required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry.
Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, high-pressure
water, or solvent washing. Apply vinyl etch primer immediately following cleaning.
Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Natural Oxidized Finish: Remove contamination by applying
oxidizing solution of copper acetate and ammonium chloride in acetic acid. Rub on repeatedly for
required effect. Once attained, rinse surfaces with clear water and allow to dry.
Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat
of etching primer.
09900-3 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
M. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose
mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a
solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by
weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting
with water. Allow to dry.
N. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster.
Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces.
O. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt and rust. Where
heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by
washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts,
and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs.
P. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to
make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime base steel surfaces.
Q. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal
knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has
dried; sand between coats.
R. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to
sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after
primer has dried; sand lightly between coats.
S. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit and foreign matter. Seal
knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after
prime coat has been applied.
T. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit and foreign matter;
seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking
compound after sealer has been applied.
U. Glue-Laminated Beams: Prior to finishing, wash surfaces with solvent, remove grease and dirt.
V. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer.
3.3 APPLICATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.
Apply each coat to uniform finish.
Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved.
Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat.
Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied.
Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set.
Wipe excess from surface.
Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint.
Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with
gloss varnish reduced 25% with mineral spirits.
3.4 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
105134
Refer to Division 15000 and Division 16000 for schedule of color-coding and identification
banding of equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit.
Paint shop primed equipment.
09900-4 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical
components and paint separately.
Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers,
brackets, collars and supports, in finished areas, except where items are pre-finished.
Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible
through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to visible surfaces. Paint dampers
exposed behind louvers, grilles and to match face panels.
Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.
Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before
installing equipment.
Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements
indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names, and numbering.
Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons and fittings removed
prior to finishing.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
3.6 CLEANING
A.
B.
Clean work under provisions of 01700.
Collect cotton waste material that may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers
and remove daily from site.
3.7 PAINT TYPE AND NUMBER OF COATS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
The following painting schedules are intended to identify the type of finishes which are required
for the various surfaces, and to identify the surfaces to which each finish is to be applied. Refer to
Room Finish Schedule.
To define requirements for quality, function, size, gauges, grades, textures, and color, the
following list of materials designates the manufacturer’s brands, types, and number of coats
required and other requirements that are to be furnished to conform to the requirements of this
Project.
Where specific finishes are indicated by code designation, it shall specifically refer to the
following identified types of coatings.
The primer indicated under Material Identification is intended for the particular substrate surface
specified. Where the same numbered finish is scheduled, but for another substrate, provide the
proper primer compatible with substrate and the finish.
Where the substrate has a compatible and satisfactory prime coat already on it, the prime coat
specified for the numbered finish may be omitted. Test prime coat for compatibility before
applying additional coats.
3.8 EXTERIOR PAINTTYPES (Based on Sherwin Williams)
NOTE: Mils thickness is given in dry film thickness per coat.
A.
105134
Concrete Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
09900-5 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
D.
105134
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Walls, ceilings, columns, soffits, etc.
2. Latex, Gloss
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Walls, ceilings, columns, soffits, etc.
Masonry Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Masonry walls, graphics.
2. Latex, Gloss
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Masonry walls, graphics.
Exposed Metal Surfaces
1. Acrylic Alkyd, Semi-Gloss (Non-Galvanized Surfaces)
1st Coat:
Kem-Kromik® Universal Metal Primer, B50 Series (2.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
2. Enamel, Gloss (Non-Galvanized Surfaces)
1st Coat:
Kem-Kromik® Universal Metal Primer, B50 Series (2.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3. Acrylic Alkyd, Semi-Gloss (Galvanized Surfaces)
1st Coat:
DTM Acrylic Primer Finish, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
4. Enamel, Gloss (Galvanized Surfaces)
1st Coat:
DTM Acrylic Primer Finish, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
5. Enamel, Gloss (Aluminum)
1st Coat:
DTM Primer Finish, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
6. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel – System A, Gloss
1st Coat:
Macropoxy® 646, B58 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
Acrolontm 218 HS Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel, B65 Series (4.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
Acrolontm 218 HS Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel, B65 Series (4.0 mils)
Surfaces: New metal railings surfaces, interior metal surfaces exposed to high humidity and
moisture.
Exterior Exposed Wood Surfaces
09900-6 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
E.
Latex, Gloss, Paint
1st Coat:
PrepRite® Pro-Block® Int/Ext Latex Primer, B51 Series (1.4 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series (1.3 mils)
Stucco, Plaster and Manufactured Stone Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
A-100® Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (1.3 mils)
2. Elastometric Coating system
1st Coat:
Loxon® Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer, A24 Series (3.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
Sherlastic® Elastometric Coating, A5 Series (4.8 mils)
3rd Coat:
Sherlastic® Elastometric Coating, A5 Series (4.8 mils)
3.9 INTERIOR PAINT TYPE (Based on Sherwin Williams)
NOTE: Mils thickness is given in dry film thickness per coat.
A.
B.
C.
105134
Concrete Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
1st Coat:
PrepRite® Interior Masonry Primer, B28 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar 400 Latex EG-Shel, B20 Series (1.6 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar 400 Latex EG-Shel, B20 Series (1.6 mils)
Surfaces: Concrete walls, concrete ceilings (including precast), concrete locker bases.
2. Gloss Epoxy, Gloss
1st Coat:
PrepRite® 200 Interior Masonry Primer, B28 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
Surfaces: Floors, stairs, striping on floors.
Masonry Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
1st Coat:
ProMar® Int/Ext Block Filler, B25 Series (8.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex EG-Shel, B20 Series (1.6 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex EG-Shel, B20 Series (1.6 mils)
Surfaces: Masonry walls, graphics.
2. Enamel, Gloss
1st Coat:
ProMar® Int/Ext Block Filler, B25 Series (8.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProClassic Waterborne Interior Gloss Enamel, B21 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProClassic Waterborne Interior Gloss Enamel, B21 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Graphics.
3. Water Base/Epoxy (Gloss)
1st Coat:
PrepRite® 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer, B28 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
Surfaces: Masonry walls, graphics.
Metal Surfaces
1. Acrylic, Gloss (Non-Galvanized)
1st Coat:
Kem-Kromik® Universal Metal Primer, B50 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (1.5 mils)
09900-7 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3rd Coat:
DTM Acrylic Coating Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (1.5 mils)
Acrylic, Gloss (Galvanized)
1st Coat:
DTM Acrylic Primer Finish, B66 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel, B21 Series (1.5 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel, B21 Series (1.5 mils)
Surfaces: Hollow metal doors, frames, railings, and ferrous metal surfaces.
Exposed Structure
1. Alkyd (Dry Fall-Out) Flat
1st Coat:
Super Save Lite® Dryfall Flat, B48 Series, (*)
2nd Coat:
Super Save Lite® Dryfall Flat, B48 Series, (*)
*Apply at film thickness necessary to achieve hiding and uniform luster.
Wood Surfaces
1. Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss
1st Coat:
PrepRite® Pro-Block® Interior Alkyd Primer, B51 Series (1.9 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss, B34 Series (1.7 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss, B34 Series (1.7 mils)
Surfaces: Pegboard, etc.
2. Alkyd Enamel, Gloss
1st Coat:
PrepRite® Pro-Block® Interior Alkyd Primer, B51 Series (1.9 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Alkyd Gloss Enamel, B35 Series (1.6 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Alkyd Gloss Enamel, B35 Series (1.6 mils)
Surfaces: All surfaces not factory finished or indicated otherwise.
Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces
1. Latex, Satin
1st Coat:
PrepRite® HB Interior Wall Primer, B28 Series (1.6 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex Eggshell, B31 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar® 200 Interior Latex Eggshell, B31 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Gypsum board walls, gypsum board ceilings, gypsum board bulkheads, graphics.
2. Water Base/Epoxy Gloss
1st Coat:
PrepRite® HB Interior Wall Primer, B28 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
Surfaces: Gypsum board walls, gypsum board ceilings, gypsum board bulkheads, graphics.
Plaster Surfaces
1. Latex, Semi-Gloss
1st Coat:
PrepRite® HB Interior Wall Primer, B49 Series (1.9 mils)
2nd Coat:
ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31 Series (1.3 mils)
3rd Coat:
ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31 Series (1.3 mils)
Surfaces: Plaster walls, plaster ceilings; plaster bulkheads, graphics.
2. Water Base/Epoxy (Gloss)
1st Coat:
PrepRite® HB Interior Wall Primer, B28 Series (3.0 mils)
2nd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
3rd Coat:
Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series (3.0 mils)
Surfaces: Plaster walls, plaster ceilings; plaster bulkheads.
2.
D.
E.
F.
G.
END OF SECTION
105134
09900-8 of 8
Painting
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Project Name: Spanish River Community HS Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No. 1681-9503
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division-1 specification section, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.
D.
Tactile/raised letter plastic signs
Individual plastic characters signs
Signs of silk-screened characters on plastic
Required sign type:
1. Interior room, space and area ID signs
2. International symbols of accessibility for accessible spaces and exits
3. Accessible routes
4. Tactile “exit” signs
5. Hazard and safety signs
6. Evacuation plans
1.3 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable By
Physically Handicapped People
FBC - Florida Building Code, Chapter 11 and Section 423.14.2
NFPA 101: 7.10.1.3
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01 33 00.
Indicate sign styles, lettering font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions
of each sign and anchorage.
Provide complete interior and exterior sign schedule showing sign type, location, and verbiage.
Samples: Submit two sample signs in size illustrating type, style, letter font, and colors specified,
and method of attachment.
Provide manufacturer’s installation instructions, templates, and attached devices.
Colors shall be as selected by the Architect.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with
minimum three years documented experience.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to applicable codes for requirements for the physically handicapped, safety and egress.
Architect’s Project Number
10 14 00 - 1 of 5
Signage
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Project Name: Spanish River Community HS Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No. 1681-9503
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 60 00.
Package signs, labeled in name groups
Store adhesive attachment tape at ambient room temperatures
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
Do not install signs when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer.
Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FLORIDA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT REQUIREMENTS
A. Manufacturer shall conform to tactile, Braille, letter size, and other requirements as required by
Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction and ANSI A117.1.
B. ADA requirements supersede technical specifications in this Section.
2.2 BUILDING SIGNAGE - GENERAL
A. General; applies to all signs except as noted:
1. Material shall be minimum 1/8" clear matte acrylic stock with 3/8" radius corners.
a. Exterior signs – Shall be UV stable material of non-petroleum base phenolic resin
using sand carving process to create the raised lettering, which is an integral part of
the sign.
b. Interior signs – Shall be material of non-petroleum base phenolic resin using sand
carving process to create the raised lettering, which is an integral part of the sign.
c. Interior signs exposed to direct sun, shall be of same material as exterior signs.
d. Paint shall be Matthews Acrylic Polyurethane system or equal.
i)
Shall be low VOC
ii)
Shall be UV Stable
iii)
Shall be lead and chromate free
iv)
Minimum life expectancy of 10-years
2. Applied lettering not allowed.
3. Letters and background colors selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors
4. Mounting:
a. Shall be with adhesives and non-removable oval head screws
b. Mount at locations as directed by Architect
c. Mount at 60" above finished floor to the center of the sign
5. Graphic Process with Braille in one of the following, but no applied lettering method
allowed:
a. Provide raised (photopolymer process)
b. Engraved letters
c. Sand craved process
6. Letters:
a. Letters and numbers shall have width to height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and stroke
width to height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10.
b. Letters and numbers to be raised 1/32" upper case sans serif font with Grade 2 Braille
c. Raised characters shall be 5/8" high minimum and 2" high maximum.
Architect’s Project Number
10 14 00 - 2 of 5
Signage
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Project Name: Spanish River Community HS Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No. 1681-9503
d. Pictograms shall have the equivalent verbal description directly below the pictogram.
Characters and backgrounds must be matte or other non-glaze surface and of castrating
colors.
8. All signs shall comply with chapter 11 FBC.
B. Capacity signs:
1. For all rooms with a capacity of 50 persons or more as shown on the drawings or other
rooms as indicated on the plans.
2. Furnish and install signage, 3" high by length required, reading "MAXIMUM
CAPACITY".
3. Allow for 3-digits maximum after "maximum capacity", copy as shown on the drawings.
C. Toilet Room Handicapped Signs
1. Furnish and install one sign depicting National Handicapped Symbol (wheelchair) at each
toilet room, equipped with facilities for the handicapped.
a. Size shall be 6" by 6".
D. Room Name and Number Signs
1. Provide a sign for each room or space to include name and room number.
a. Classroom and administrative office signs shall have a slot providing the owner the
ability to add a teacher's name and change the name as necessary.
b. Minimum size of 3" high by 6" wide for signs, longer where nomenclature demands
2. Mount number as directed by Architect.
3. All spaces listed in Finish Schedule plus if more than one door is to a space, additional
signs will be required one by number of doors to space.
E. Storage Signs
1. Provide and install at mechanical and electrical rooms a sign mounted on the door to read
as follows: " STORAGE NOT ALLOWED"
2. Signs shall be matte acrylic plastic, red background with white letters 3 " high by width
needed for copy and Braille, with 3/8" radius corners.
3. Mount on doors with non-removable oval head screws verify number signs required.
F. Fire Extinguisher, No Exit and Pull Station Sign
1. Copy to read: “No Exit”, "Fire Pull Station Inside", And "Fire Extinguisher Inside"
2. Red letters, same material, size and mounting as in A. General.
3. NO EXIT sign shall have letter size as per NFPA 101 section 7.10.8.3.
4. Braille sign not required for fire extinguisher.
5. See plans for locations.
G. Stair Signs
1. Provide tactile signs at each doorway leading to exit stairway.
2. Wording on sign: "EXIT"
H. Evacuation Plan
1. Provide frame for a graphic floor plan in each student occupied room.
a. Size to be nominal 9" high by 12" width
b. Provide a clear removable plastic cover over each sign.
c. Sign cover will only be removable using a tool.
2. Mounting:
a. Non-removable oval head screws, using rawl plugs where mounted on masonry.
b. Architect shall supply the plans to the Contractor.
3. Frame Material: Matte acrylic plastic with all edges eased and tempered glass or clear
plastic cover.
I. Fire Rated/Smoke Partition Labeling
1. Field label all fire rated walls above ceiling level, with fire rating shown on the
construction plans.
7.
Architect’s Project Number
10 14 00 - 3 of 5
Signage
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Project Name: Spanish River Community HS Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No. 1681-9503
a.
J.
Provide minimum 1½" high block lettering stenciled on wall above finished ceiling, if
in a storage, mechanical, electrical, or similar unfinished room, install at
approximately 84 inches above floor.
b. (Contractor to use rating from permit plans) HOUR FIRE RATED WALL,
PROTECT ALL OPENING AND THROUGH WALL PENETRATION PER CODE
REQUIREMENTS.
2. Field label all smoke partitions above ceiling level.
a. Provide minimum 1½" high block lettering stenciled on wall above finished ceiling, if
storage, mechanical, electrical, or unfinished room, install at 84" above floor.
b. SMOKE PARTITION, PROTECT ALL OPENING AND THROUGH WALL
PENETRATION PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
Mechanical, Electrical, Data, and Similar Rooms
1. Provide a sign saying "NO STORAGE" meeting the General requirements.
2. If these rooms have pair of doors, provide sign saying "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN
CLOSED AND LATCHED TOP AND BOTTOM, EXCEPT DURING THE TRANSFER
OF EQUIPMENT".
a. Sign shall have 1" high block letters and be permanently attached (Attached in way as
to maintain the rating of the door) to the inactive door near the latch side 60 inches
from finished floor to center of sign.
b. Braille not required for this sign.
2.3 BUILDING SPECIALITY SIGNAGE
A. Emergency Access Opening
1. Provide and install at designated emergency access openings a sign mounted on the door to
read as follows "EMERGENCY ACCESS OPENING."
2. Signs shall be non-corrosive, 1/8" three-ply laminate, UV inhibitors, non-glare surface, and
white background with red letters 3" high by width needed for copy.
3. Mount on doors with non-removable oval head stainless steel screws verify number of
signs required.
4. Graphic Process: Raised letters shall be an integral part of the sign face, do not surface
apply any lettering.
5. Letters: Letters shall have width to height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width to
height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10.
a. Letters shall be raised 1/32" upper case, and sans serif type.
6. Background must be matte or other non-glare surface.
B. Exterior Building Letters and Street Numbers
1. Provide 15" high by ¼" thick non-illuminated letters as indicate on plans forming the
school name.
2. Provide 12" high by ¼" thick non-illuminated letters on the building as indicate on plans
forming the school's street address.
3. Letter style is Helvetica Medium
4. Use F-214 alloy aluminum welded construction of anodized clear satin finish with inlaid
properly sanded and primed to receive type A10 baked enamel color as selected by the
Architect and Owner from manufacturer's standard colors.
5. Install using manufacturers approved anchoring method to meet ASTM 7 wind load
requirements.
6. School name and street address shall be visible from the main road fronting the campus.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Architect’s Project Number
10 14 00 - 4 of 5
Signage
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Project Name: Spanish River Community HS Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No. 1681-9503
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all signs in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and FADA requirements.
B. Room signs to be mounted 60" to center above finish floor on walls adjacent to the latch side of
any door opening.
3.2 CLEANING
A. After installation, thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces and restore all damaged material to its
original condition or replaced with new material.
3.3 WARRANTY
A. This Contractor shall fully guarantee all materials and labor under this section for a period of 5years from date of final acceptance of the building against all defects in both workmanship and
materials and he shall promptly correct and/or replace such faulty work if so notified.
END OF SECTION
Architect’s Project Number
10 14 00 - 5 of 5
Signage
District Master Specs 2010 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 in addition to Division 1 General requirements.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
D.
A person with a current Palm Beach County Journeyman Electricians Certificate of Competency
shall be on site and supervise all electrical work.
Coordinate with other trades to provide adequate working clearance about equipment.
Materials, where applicable, shall bear the label of an approved testing agency, such as:
1. E.T.L. (Electrical Testing Laboratories).
2. U.L. (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.)
3. F.M. (Factory Mutual).
Protect all materials subject to corrosion.
1.3 RELATED WORK
A.
B.
C.
Continuity of Service:
1. Do not interrupt or change service or circuits without authorization from the
Architect/Engineer and the Owner. Obtain written authorization before starting work.
Demolition:
1. Deliver all equipment to be removed and turned over to the Owner at a place and time
mutually agreed upon.
2. Maintain all materials to be turned over to the Owner or reused and installed in the condition
equal to that existing before work began. Repair or replace damaged materials or equipment at
no additional cost to the Owner.
Outdoor equipment not secured to wall surface shall be mounted on steel channel or iron supports.
1.4 TEMPORARY WIRING
A.
B.
C.
New Construction: Install according to National Electrical Code.
Remodel: Conductors and routing of temporary wiring in or on existing buildings shall be
coordinated and approved by Department of Facility and Construction Management. Remove
temporary wiring upon completion of project. Install according to National Electrical Code.
Grounding: Equipment grounding conductors shall be bonded to available electrodes at each
building.
1.5 EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
105134
Equipment of a similar nature shall be identical and of the same manufacturer.
Equipment shall be set level. Where grouped, shall be mounted at the same height, properly
aligned, bolted together in sections and fastened in place. Tighten screws, bolts, nuts, lamps, fittings
or other fastening devices. Install all covers, plates, fittings and accessories.
16010-1 of 2
Basic Electrical Requirements
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used
END OF SECTION
105134
16010-2 of 2
Basic Electrical Requirements
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16020
WORK INCLUDED
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A.
The work required under this Division shall include all materials, labor and auxiliaries required to
install, start up and test a phased, complete and properly operating electrical system. The electrical
systems required under this Division consists basically of, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Underground feeders from utility company equipment to main switchgear, including necessary
risers, etc.
C. Main switchboard and distribution panels.
D. A complete emergency electric generating system and automatic transfer switches (life safety and
equipment branch/optional branch) including all peripheral components required for a fully working
system.
E. Complete distribution system for lighting including the necessary feeders, branch circuits, lighting
fixtures, control switches and receptacles.
F. Complete distribution system for power including feeders, branch circuits, convenience outlets and
connections to motors and other power loads.
G. A complete electric service ground system and special grounds as required or noted.
H. Connecting motors and manual control (unless otherwise specified).
I. Complete exit lighting system.
J. Complete emergency lighting system.
K. Complete system of empty raceways, cabinets, and terminal boards for communication systems.
L. Complete system of electrical distribution including receptacles, non-linear panels and transformers,
grounding for computers.
M. Complete ITV television system, including all distribution equipment, cables, and master antenna.
N. Complete intercom and public address system.
O. Complete system of surge suppression devices.
P. Complete system of lightning protection system.
B. Complete fire alarm system.
Q. Complete power distribution system for HVAC equipment including wiring, conduits, and
disconnect switches.
R. Complete system of empty raceways and terminal cabinets for security and intrusion alarm systems,
video surveillance system, card access system and emergency radio communications systems.
S. Complete system of empty raceways and terminal cabinets and power requirements for EMCS
(Energy Management and Control System).
C. Furnishing and installing all necessary access panels.
D. Concrete work for pad mounted equipment, or encased raceways.
E. Painting (of special equipment).
F. Temporary power.
T. Coordination and verification of power and Telephone Company service requirement prior to bid.
Bid to include all work required.
G. Contractor shall check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise
Architect/Engineer of discrepancies or questions noted.
END OF SECTION
105134
16020-1 of 1
Work Included
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16025
CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 CODES AND FEES
A.
B.
Unless specifically noted to the contrary, the Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor,
and install and test in accordance with the Florida Building Code, and National Fire Protection
Code.
The Contractor shall comply with applicable building and construction codes as stated in Section
01060.
1.2 STANDARDS
A.
All materials shall be new, free of defects, and shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled
or listed with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing Agency. Where no labeling or
listing service is available for certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to prove to the
Engineer that equipment meets or exceeds available standards.
1.3 UTILITY COMPANY FEES, CHARGES, COSTS
A.
B.
It is the contractor's responsibility to contact the appropriate Utility Company to determine if any
fees, charges or costs will be due, as required by the Utility Company for temporary power In/Out
installations, hook-ups, etc. This fee, charge, or cost and all the usage charges for the temporary
power shall be included in this contractor's bid price.
The contractor shall pay all costs, charges, or fees due to the contractor’s use of School District
owned electrical service.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used
END OF SECTION
105134
16025-1 of 1
Codes, Fees, and Standards
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A.
B.
The work shall include the furnishings of systems as defined in Section 16020 "Work Included".
Drawings for the work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the Scope of the Work and to indicate
the general arrangement and locations of the work. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain
basic items such as conduit fittings, access panels, sleeves, pull and junction boxes may not be
shown. Where such items are required by Code or by other sections, such items shall be included.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The other Contract Documents complement the requirements of this Section. The General
Requirements apply to the work of this Section.
1.3 TEMPORARY POWER
A.
B.
Furnish, install and maintain temporary power used by all trades during construction. See Sec
16025 for “in/out" fees. The entire system shall be grounded and bonded to building steel prior to
energizing temporary power, follow NEC for any other conditions. Payment for monthly power
consumption shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Overcurrent protection shall be
provided for all circuits. Thermal magnetic breakers or cartridges fuses only shall be used for
overcurrent protection. All receptacles shall be GFI protected.
Any connection to the existing School District owned electrical service on existing facilities must be
submitted for approval to the Building Department and Utilities Department Manager.
1.4 SUPERVISION OF THE WORK
A.
Provide field foreman for electrical work, who has had a minimum of four-years previous successful
experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Foreman shall be present at all times
that work under this Division is being installed or affected. Foreman shall have a valid Palm Beach
County Electrical Journeyman Certificate of Competency. A resume of the Foreman's experience
shall be submitted to Engineer before starting work.
1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A.
Handle, store and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the requirements of NFPA 70B, Appendix I, titled "Equipment Storage
and Maintenance During Construction". Replace damaged or defective items with new items.
1.6 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A.
105134
All connections shall be tightened to the torque values recommended by that device manufacturer's
instructions. If these values are not listed, tighten to pound-inch or pound-foot values recommended
in UL Standard 486B, a summary of which may be found in Section 110-14 of the National Electric
Code Handbook.
16050-1 of 4
Basic Materials and Methods
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.7 ACTIVE SERVICES
A.
Existing active services; water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against
damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. If active
services are encountered which require relocation, make request to authorities with jurisdiction or
determination of procedures. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated
in conformance with requirements of the utility or Municipality having jurisdiction and
Architectural and Electrical Demolition Drawings. Where active services are damaged, they shall
be restored to original condition immediately at the Contractor's expense, and with Contractors
employees. The District Representative shall be informed immediately of any damage.
1.8 TESTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Prior to beginning work, all electrical equipment and systems shall be operated in the presence of
representatives of the Contractor and Representatives of the School District, in order to establish
that all systems are in proper working order at the start of the project. Upon completion of the
above test, the Contractor shall submit a detailed listing indicating any items noted which are not in
fully operational condition. This listing shall be signed by all parties present at the test.
Commencement of work prior to the above shall constitute acceptance of all systems by the
Contractor in as fully operational system. The Contractor shall have all electrical systems back in
working order at the end of the project.
Systems shall be tested by the Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating
systems to Owner.
After work is completed, a load balance test shall be made for each panel board to demonstrate that
with full lighting and mechanical load, the balance between phases is within 15%. Unbalance
beyond this limit shall be corrected, maintaining proper phase relation to neutral at all times. The
Contractor shall reproduce as many copies of load balance report sheet, located at end of this
Section, as required and submit to Engineer prior to request for final inspection.
All electrical systems ground shall be tested to demonstrate that the ground resistance does not
exceed 5 ohms. (See Section 16450 for report requirements.)
Perform such tests as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the site. All required tests are
to be witnessed by the Engineer and Owner's Representative. Tests are to be recorded by the
Contractor and submitted, in typed form, to the Engineer for approval.
1.9 DEMONSTRATIONS
A.
105134
Prior to acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner, or his designated
representative, all features and functions of all systems and shall instruct the Owner in the proper
operation of the systems. Each system shall be demonstrated once.
1. The demonstrations shall consist of not less than the following:
a. Point out the actual location of each component of a system and demonstrate its function
and its relationship to other components within the system.
b. Demonstrate the electrical systems by actual "start-stop" operation showing how to work
controls, how to reset protective devices, how to replace fuses, and what to do in an
emergency.
c. Demonstrate communication, signal, alarm and detection systems by actual operation of
the systems and show how to reset signal, alarm and detection devices.
2. Systems to be demonstrated shall include but not be limited to the following:
16050-2 of 4
Basic Materials and Methods
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.
4.
a. Lighting and lighting control systems
b. Emergency lighting systems
c. Motor and equipment control
a.
Fire alarm system
d. Communication system
e. ITV system
Contractor shall furnish the necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstrations and
instructions, and shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representatives present to assist with
the demonstrations. Contractor shall allow one-day for performing prescribed demonstrations.
Contractor shall arrange with the Owner the dates and times for performing each
demonstration.
1.10 IDENTIFICATION
A.
B.
Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment in accordance with Section
16195.
Power and lighting circuits shall have conductors color banded, per 16123 "Wire and Cable" in each
junction and pull box.
1.11 NAMEPLATES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
The following items shall be equipped with nameplates: All motor starters, pushbutton stations,
control panels, time switches, disconnect switches, Panelboards, contactors or relays in separate
enclosures, power receptacles where the nominal voltage between any pair or contacts is greater
than 150V, all switches controlling outlets or equipment where the outlets are not located within
sight of the controlling switch, high voltage boxes and cabinets. Special electrical systems shall be
identified at terminal cabinets and equipment racks.
Power panels and switchgear without doors, shall have circuit breakers and switches identified by
engraved plastic tags affixed to cabinet adjacent to device.
Nameplates shall adequately describe the function of the particular equipment involved. Where
nameplates are detailed on the drawings, inscription and size of letters shall be as shown on the shop
drawings submitted for approval. Nameplates for panel board and switchboards shall include the
panel designation, voltage and phase of the supply. For example, "panel PA, 120/208V, 3-phase,
4-wire". The name of the machine on the nameplates for a particular machine shall be the same as
the one used on all motor starters, disconnect and P.B. station nameplates for that machine.
Nameplates shall be laminated phenolic plastic, black front and back with white core, with lettering
engraved through the outer covering. Attach with plated self-tapping screws or small brass screws.
Nameplates to identify emergency devices shall be red laminate.
Panelboards shall have type-written circuit directories installed inside the doors under transparent
plastic covers.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
105134
Method of preparing and procedure for submitting Shop Drawings and submittal data shall be in
compliance with Division 1.
Submittal data for electrical equipment shall consist of Shop Drawings and/or catalog cuts showing
technical data necessary to evaluate the material or equipment, to include dimensions, wiring
diagrams, performance curves, ratings, control sequence and other descriptive data necessary to
describe fully the item proposed and its operating characteristics. Any submittal data in following
16050-3 of 4
Basic Materials and Methods
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
electrical sections, peculiar to that section, is in addition to submittal requirements of this section.
Where more than one item or option is on a single submittal sheet, the item(s) to be used shall be
indicated.
1.13 CONCRETE WORK
1. Where sidewalks need to be cut to route conduit concealed into buildings, this Contractor shall be
responsible for all repair work to return concrete sidewalks to original conditions.
2. Furnish and install reinforced concrete pads for transformers, switchgear, generators, and motor
control centers, of size as shown on the drawings or required. Unless otherwise noted pads shall be
4" high and shall exceed dimensions of equipment being set on them, including future sections, by 4"
on all sides, except when equipment is flush against a wall, then the side or sides against the wall
shall be flush with the equipment. Chamfer top edges ½". Trowel all surfaces smooth. Reinforce
pads with 6" X 6" X 6/6 welded wire fabric.
3. This contractor shall furnish all equipment anchor bolts and shall be responsible for their proper
installation and accurate location.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Not Used
END OF SECTION
105134
16050-4 of 4
Basic Materials and Methods
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Metal conduit.
Flexible metal conduit.
Liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
Electrical metallic tubing.
Non-metallic conduit.
Fittings and conduit bodies.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.
ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.
ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable
Assemblies.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
NECA "Standard of Installation."
NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel conduit.
NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
Accurately record actual routing of empty conduits, exterior underground.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
D.
Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate
covering.
Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
105134
Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.
16111-1 of 5
Conduit
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as
required to complete wiring system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
105134
Minimum Size: ½" unless otherwise specified. ¾ " for home runs and feeders.
Underground Installations:
1. Use rigid galvanized steel conduit (RGS), plastic coated conduit, or thick wall nonmetallic
conduit.
2. Minimum Size: ¾" for home runs and feeders.
3. Install conduits outside building line at a minimum of 30" below finished grade (except for
conduits for Utility Company’s cables.)
4. Terminate PVC conduits with bell ends or connectors and bushings.
5. Underground PVC conduits 2" and larger outside of building footprint shall be covered with
three inches thick by trench width, 2,500 psi. Concrete.
6. In areas with muck, conduit shall be supported from structure or slabs.
7. Duct seal, outdoor conduit termination, and underground conduit entering a building.
8. All conduit 90 degree bends for conduits 2" and larger shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit.
9. Install conduits from Utility Company's pole mounted transformer or Utility Company's padmounted transformer to the building service entrance equipment at a minimum depth of 36"
and covered with three inches thick by trench width, 2,500 psi concrete.
Outdoor and Wet Locations, Above Grade:
1. Use rigid steel conduit (RGC).
2. PVC schedule 80 is permitted to extend from underground to maximum of 6’-0” above
finished grade on vertical conduit runs only.
In Slab Not on Grade:
1. Use rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing and thick wall nonmetallic conduit.
2. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab: ¾".
Outdoor damp Locations:
1. Rigid steel conduit, Electrical metallic tubing.
2. PVC schedule 80 is permitted to extend from underground to maximum of 6’-0” above
finished grade on vertical conduit runs only.
Dry Locations: Concealed:
1. Use rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing.
2. PVC conduit is permitted to extend from underground to the first box in interior stud wall,
masonry or concrete poured wall.
3. PVC conduit is permitted to extend from underground through the slab in tilt wall if it changes
to EMT or rigid within 2" above tilt wall.
Dry Locations: Exposed:
1. Use rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing.
2. PVC conduit is permitted to be stubbed up under a floor-mounted switchgear, floor mounted
motor control center, and floor mounted transformer.
3. PVC conduit schedule 80 is permitted to extend from underground to maximum of 6’-0” above
finished floor on vertical conduit runs only within electrical, communication and mechanical
rooms, terminate in approved fittings.
4. PVC conduit is permitted to sleeve a grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper.
Corrosive Areas: PVC externally coated galvanized or thick wall non-metallic conduit.
Subject to Physical Damage: PVC externally coated galvanized or rigid steel conduit.
16111-2 of 5
Conduit
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
J. Flexible conduit: ⅜" steel, maximum 6' long for a single fixture from a junction box.
K. Steel flexible conduit or liquid tight conduit, ½" (maximum 3'long), to connect equipment where
subject to vibration or frequent changing.
2.2 METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.
Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit; all steel fittings. No
push-in or snap-in connectors or couplings are permitted.
2.3 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.
Description: NEMA RN 1, rigid galvanized steel conduit with external PVC coating, 20-mil thick.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to match
conduit. No push-in or snap-in connectors or couplings are permitted.
2.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.
Description: Interlocked steel construction.
Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. Connectors and/or couplings shall be steel or malleable iron. No
push-in or snap-in connectors or couplings are permitted.
2.5 LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.
Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.
Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. Connectors and/or couplings shall be steel or malleable iron. No
push-in or snap-in connectors or couplings are permitted.
2.6 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A.
B.
Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, compression or setscrew type. No push-in
or snap-in connectors or couplings are permitted.
2.7 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A.
B.
Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC, Schedule 80 PVC. No ENT is permitted.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. No push-in or snap-in connectors or couplings are
permitted.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis
hangers, and split hangers.
Multiple parallel runs of suspended conduits shall be supported by steel channel and straps.
16111-3 of 5
Conduit
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190.
G. Do not support conduit with perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports.
H. Steel tie wire may support conduit within interior partitions only.
I. Arrange conduit to maintain a minimum of 6'-6" of headroom and present neat appearance.
J. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. Exposed conduit below 10' above floor
in student areas, shall have two-hole straps spaced a maximum of 5'.
K. Do not route conduits on floors in areas used for access to any equipment.
L. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point.
M. Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit for connection to all motors 3/4 horsepower or larger.
N. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.
O. Maintain 12" clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104°F.
P. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends.
Q. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
R. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic
conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in
fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum.
S. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet
locations and cast metal boxes.
T. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one-shot
bender to fabricate factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 1½" size.
U. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.
V. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses expansion
joints.
W. Provide a 200-lb. test pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.
X. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
Y. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16450.
Z. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195.
AA. New Construction: Conduits run in finished areas shall be concealed.
BB. No conduits shall be installed on roof surface.
CC. Do not use "all-thread" conduit nipples.
DD. Terminate all empty conduits in approved type boxes.
EE. Provide four-1" spare conduits from recessed and surface panel boards into the closest suspended
acoustical ceiling outside the room where panel is located.
FF. Disconnect switches, magnetic starters, contactors, control cabinets and panel boards shall not be
used as raceways.
GG. Flexible metal conduit and liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall not penetrate walls or ceilings.
HH. Complete electrical raceway installation before starting the installation of conductors.
II. Patch around conduits that penetrate wall, ceiling, or floor.
JJ. Fire alarm, security, A/C, EMS, ITV, intercom, telephone/data systems, and circuits from different
panels shall be installed in separate raceway systems.
Exception: May install wiring for sound field enhancement system above the ceiling without
raceway. Wiring from the wall junction box to the ceiling space must be in conduit. Sound field
enhancement system installation shall meet NEC.
KK. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and
methods under the provisions of Section 07270.
LL. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with
pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation.
MM.
Use liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for connection to all motors 3/4 horsepower or larger.
NN. All locknuts are to be steel or malleable iron.
105134
16111-4 of 5
Conduit
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
OO. Aluminum conduit is allowed only in locations where conduit will have direct contact with
aluminum walkway covers and aluminum canopies.
PP. Pull boxes shall be added, as necessary, to eliminate conduit runs from exceeding 400' in length for
systems and 750’ in length for power.
QQ. Support conduit in or on walkways with stainless steel bolts or screws.
RR. Caulk the penetrations of walkway roofs with silicone caulking.
END OF SECTION
105134
16111-5 of 5
Conduit
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16123
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
Building wire and cable.
Wiring connectors and connections.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum three years experience.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
C.
Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and
cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact
routing and lengths required.
1.5 COORDINATION
A.
B.
Determine required separation between cable and other work.
Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Description:
1. Single conductor insulated wire.
2. Thermostat cable.
Conductor: Copper.
Insulation Voltage Rating:
1. Single conductor wire - 600 volt.
2. Thermostat cable - 300 volt.
Insulation:
1. Single conductor wire - ANSI/NFPA 70 Type, THHN/THWN.
2. Thermostat cable - Multi-conductor jacketed.
Temporary wiring according to National Electrical Code. Open conductors are not permitted.
16123-1 of 3
Building Wire and Cable
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.2 WIRING CONNECTORS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Solderless Pressure Connectors:
1. Ilsco
2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Spring Wire Connectors:
1. Ideal
2. Scotchloc
3. Holub
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Compression Connectors:
1. Panduit
2. Burndy
3. 3M
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Insulation piercing or push-in type connectors shall not be used.
Split-bolt type connectors shall not be used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
B.
Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.
Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG to supply a single fixture.
Use conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits.
Conductors for thermostats:
1. Low voltage thermostats (0-30 volts) - use thermostat cable with conductors not smaller than
18 AWG, with a minimum of 5 conductors and a maximum length of 50' or single conductors
not smaller than 14 AWG.
2. All other thermostats use single conductors not smaller than 14 AWG.
G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120-volt branch circuits longer than 75'.
H. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277-volt branch circuits longer than 150'.
I. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
J. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.
K. Protect exposed cable from damage.
L. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
M. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and Panelboards.
N. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
105134
16123-2 of 3
Building Wire and Cable
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
O. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible
temperature rise.
P. Use antioxidant compound on splices and termination of 2 AWG and larger.
Q. Use sealed weatherproofing kits for underground splices.
R. Provide 8" of free conductor at outlet, switch, and junction boxes.
S. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 8
AWG and smaller.
T. In new conduit installation, do not install more than five wires in the same conduit. Conduits
containing control wires or switch leg may contain more than five wires to a maximum fill of 20%.
U. Splices and joints made in conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be with copper compatible sleeves
using indent method or "Ilsco" or equal insulated power distribution block.
V. Maximum size wire: 600 MCM.
W. Conductors and wires shall be run in an approved conduit system. Exception, underground
sprinkler valve control wires.
X. Conductors and cables, regardless of voltage, shall be installed in a complete raceway system,
except:
1. Underground irrigation zone control wires of 24 volts or less.
2. Temporary wiring.
Y. Conductors shall be adjusted in size to compensate for a maximum of 3% voltage drop.
Z. When flexible conduit is used, use stranded wire in the raceway.
3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Perform field inspection and testing under provision of Section 01400.
Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection.
Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer's
recommended values.
Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor.
Conductors for circuits of 100 amps or larger shall be tested with a megger.
END OF SECTION
105134
16123-3 of 3
Building Wire and Cable
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16130
BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
Floor boxes.
Pull and junction boxes.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
1.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
Accurately record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
C.
Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets prior to rough-in.
Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Install at
location required for box to serve intended purpose. The Architect may change the location of a
box as much as 6', at no extra cost to the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 OUTLET BOXES
A.
B.
Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel, 4" x 4" x 1.5" deep, minimum.
Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD cast iron. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
Provide threaded hubs.
2.2 FLOOR BOXES
A.
B.
C.
Floor Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, fully adjustable.
Shape: Rectangular.
Conform to regulatory requirements for concrete-tight floor boxes.
2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.
Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
1. Minimum Size Box: 4" x 4" x 1.5" deep.
105134
16130-1 of 3
Boxes
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface-mounted junction
box.
1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
Fiberglass Hand holes:
1. Minimum size die-molded fiberglass handholds.
a. Brooks 1419 series, or approved equal for handholds with conduit sizes 1½" or smaller.
b. Brooks 1324 series, or approved equal for handholds with conduit sizes 2" or larger.
2. Cover: Bolt down fiberglass weatherproof cover with ⅜" stainless steel bolts and be traffic
rated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
B. Install electrical boxes to maintain a 6'-6" headroom and to present neat mechanical appearance.
C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.
D. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install junction boxes no more than 24" from ceiling access panel or
from removable recessed luminary with box opening facing access panel or luminary.
E. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and
methods under the provisions of Section 07270.
F. Align adjacent wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each
other.
G. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas.
H. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6" separation.
Provide minimum 24" separation in acoustic rated and fire rated walls.
I. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for
surface finish thickness.
J. Use stamped steel bridges or steel studs to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
K. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.
L. Do not support boxes with wires.
M. Support boxes from building structure or structural member.
N. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.
O. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
P. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations.
Q. Use cast iron floor boxes or nonmetallic floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel
boxes are acceptable for other installations.
R. Set floor boxes level.
S. Large Pull Boxes: Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12" in any dimension.
1. Interior Dry Locations: Use hinged enclosure under provisions of Section 16160.
2. Other Locations: Use surface-mounted cast metal box.
T. Floor boxes shall not be used for feed through wiring except to another floor box.
U. Cast boxes at the end of a run shall have one additional conduit into slab for support.
V. Pull boxes shall be added, as necessary, to eliminate conduit runs from exceeding 400' in length for
systems and 750’ in length for power.
W. Locate handholds, in grassy areas.
X. A maximum of one extension ring shall be used on a box.
105134
16130-2 of 3
Boxes
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
Y.
Z.
Lay-in type ceiling area: Install junction boxes no more than four feet above the ceiling grid.
Conductors not rated for direct burial shall not be located exposed in the bottomless underground
hand holes, i.e. Brooks Boxes. Weatherproof PVC boxes are permitted to be located inside the
fiberglass hand holes.
3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Coordinate installation of outlet box for casework furnished under Section 06410.
Coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors with Section 08305.
Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only.
Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches and
backsplashes.
Position outlet boxes to locate luminaries as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A.
B.
C.
Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material.
Adjust flush-mounting boxes to make front flush with finished wall material. Plastic Add-a-depth
rings may be used for device boxes.
Install knockout closure in unused box opening.
END OF SECTION
105134
16130-3 of 3
Boxes
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16141
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Wall switches.
Wall dimmers.
Receptacles.
Device plates.
Floor box service fittings.
Poke-through service fittings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
NEMA WD 1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices.
NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device Configurations.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and
configurations.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum three years experience.
1.5 ALLOWANCES
A.
Provide for twenty additional receptacles as directed in field. Allowance includes purchase,
delivery and installation of box, receptacle cover plate, wire and 100 feet of conduit for each
receptacle.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WALL SWITCHES
A.
B.
C.
105134
Single Pole Switches shall be 20 amps, 120/277 volts, industrial, heavy duty, specification grade,
back and side wired, toggle type, and ground screw. Switches may be single poles, double pole,
three-way, four-way, indicator type, locator type, key type, and pilot lighted as shown on the plans.
Switches for normal lighting shall be ivory color and switches for emergency lighting shall be red
color.
Manufacturers:
1. Hubbell.
2. Leviton.
3. Pass & Seymour.
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Time Delay Light/Fan Switch:
16141-1 of 4
Wiring Devices
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
2.
Penn Ventilator Model Airminder AM-12.
Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.2 WALL DIMMERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Manufacturers:
1. Lutron.
2. Leviton.
3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Description: NEWA WD1, semiconductor dimmer for incandescent lamps, type as indicated on
Drawings or Schedule.
Device Body: Ivory plastic with linear slide.
Voltage 120 volts.
Power Rating: Match load shown on Drawings; 600 watts minimum.
2.1 RECEPTACLES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Receptacles shall be 20 amps, 125 volts grounding type, industrial, specification grade, back and
side wired, and with ground screw. Receptacles shall be single, duplex, quaderplex, GFCI, and
surge protected as shown on the plans.
General convenience receptacles shall be ivory color, receptacles supplied by branch circuits via
emergency generator backed panels shall be red color, and receptacles for communication systems
equipment (computers) shall be gray color.
Heavy-duty special receptacle outlets for dryers, kiln, and ranges as specified on the plans.
Surge protected receptacles shall be UL 1449 listed (second edition), shall have metal minimum of
four metal oxide varistors protecting phase-neutral, phase-ground, and neutral-ground. These
receptacles shall have power-on indicator light and damage alert light or sound features.
Manufacturers:
1. Hubbell.
2. Leviton.
3. Pass & Seymour.
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.2 WALL PLATES
A.
B.
Decorative Cover Plate: Stainless steel type 302 satin finished, non-magnetic.
Weatherproof Cover Plate: Cast type, UL listed for wet and damp locations.
1. Sierra.
2. Hubbell.
3. Leviton.
4. Pass & Seymour.
5. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.3 POKE-THROUGH FITTINGS
A.
105134
Manufacturers:
1. Hubbell.
2. Steel City.
3. Leviton.
4. Pass & Seymour.
5. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
16141-2 of 4
Wiring Devices
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
D.
Description: Assembly comprising service fitting, poke-through component, firestops and smoke
barriers, and junction box for conduit termination.
Fire Rating: Code requirement.
Service Fitting:
1. Type: Pedestal or Flush
2. Housing: Satin aluminum
3. Device Plate: Stainless steel
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.4 TIME CLOCKS
A.
B.
C.
Manufacturers:
1. Intermatic.
2. Paragon.
3. Tork.
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
Enclosure: NEMA ICS 2; Type as required to meet conditions of installation unless indicated on
the Drawings.
Time clocks to be a 7-day, 24-hour, day skipping with minimum 12-hour carryover.
2.5 PHOTOCELL SWITCH
A.
Manufacturers:
1. Intermatic.
2. Paragon.
3. Tork.
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Verify conditions under provisions of Section 01039.
Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height.
Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.
Verify floor boxes are adjusted properly.
Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring
devices.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.
B.
Provide extension ring to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
Clean debris from outlet boxes.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Install devices plumb and level.
Install switches with OFF position down.
Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after de-rating for ganging as
instructed by manufacturer.
16141-3 of 4
Wiring Devices
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E.
C.
D.
E.
F.
F.
G.
G.
H.
I.
I.
Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.
Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above
accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.
Provide one GFCI receptacle, minimum, in janitorial closets, adjacent to roof mounted equipment
and pad mounted air conditioning equipment.
Any receptacle within eight feet of a sink shall be a GFCI type.
Receptacles on science work islands and adjacent to locker room shower and drying areas shall be
GFCI type.
When GFCI is specified, use only GFCI receptacles. Do not protect "down stream" receptacles
with GFCI receptacles.
Do not install receptacles and/or switches in-group toilets. Light shall be controlled from the
nearest custodial space by a toggle switch with pilot light.
Switches in classroom and teachers workrooms for exhaust fans and contactors, shall have a pilot
light.
Do not use push-in connections on any device.
3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting height
specified and indicated on Drawings.
Install wall switch 46" to center above finished floor.
Install convenience receptacle 18" to center above finished floor.
Install convenience receptacle 6" above backsplash of counter.
Install dimmer 46" to center above finished floor.
Install telephone jack 18" to center above finished floor.
Install telephone jack for wall telephone 46" to center above finished floor.
Install outdoor receptacles 60" to center above finished grade.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Inspect each wiring device for defects.
Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
END OF SECTION
105134
16141-4 of 4
Wiring Devices
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16160
CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Hinged cover enclosures.
Cabinets.
Terminal blocks and accessories.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
ANSI/NEMA ICS 1 - Industrial Control and Systems.
ANSI/NEMA ICS 4 - Terminal Blocks for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems.
ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300.
Shop Drawings for Equipment Panels: Include wiring schematic diagram, wiring diagram, outline
drawing and construction diagram as described in ANSI/NEMA ICS 1.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES
A.
B.
C.
D.
Construction: NEMA 250; steel; type as required to meet conditions of installation unless indicated
on the Drawings.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by key.
Panel for Mounting Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components: 14 gage steel, enamel finish.
2.2 CABINETS
A.
B.
Cabinet Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable end walls. Provide ¾" thick plywood backboard
(exterior fir, type A/C, 7 ply) painted gray on all sides, for mounting terminal blocks.
Cabinet Fronts: Steel, flush or surface type with screw cover front, concealed hinge and flush lock
keyed to match branch circuit panel board; finish in baked enamel.
2.3 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
C.
105134
Terminal Blocks: ANSI/NEMA ICS 4; UL listed.
Power Terminals: Unit construction type, closed-back type, with tubular pressure screw connectors,
rated 600 volts.
Signal and Control Terminals: Modular construction type, channel mounted; tubular pressure screw
connectors, rated 300 volts.
16160-1 of 2
Cabinets and Enclosures
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.4 FABRICATION
A.
B.
C.
Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in
accordance with ANSI/NEMA ICS 6.
Provide knockouts on enclosures.
Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and
layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosure.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each
corner, minimum.
Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures.
Install trim plumb.
END OF SECTION
105134
16160-2 of 2
Cabinets and Enclosures
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED:
A.
B.
Conduit and equipment supports.
Fastening hardware.
1.2 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with Section 03300.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring, they
carry.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL
A. Support Channel: Galvanized steel.
B. Hardware: Corrosion resistant.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using
expansion anchors, beam clamps, spring steel clips.
Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions
and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self-drilling anchors or
expansion anchor on concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in metal studs; and wood screws in wood
construction.
Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
Do not drill structural steel members.
Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat
appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts.
Install freestanding electrical equipment on a housekeeping pad, minimum 4" thick and 4"
overhang.
Install surface-mounted cabinets and panel boards with minimum of four anchors. Provide steel
channel supports to stand cabinet ¾" off wall.
Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panel boards in
stud walls.
END OF SECTION
105134
16190-1 of 1
Supporting Devices
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SESSION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Nameplates.
Wire and conduit markers.
Box color coding.
Lighting and power junction boxes.
Panel directories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300.
Include schedule for nameplates.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on a black background.
Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored,
continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils
thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of the buried conduit.
Wire and Cable Markers: Cloth markers, split sleeve or tubing type.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates.
Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines.
Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws, rivets, or adhesive. Secure nameplate to
outside face of recessed panel board doors in finished locations.
Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application.
Provide underground-type plastic line marker above exterior underground conduits. Bury 6" to 8"
below finish grade. Provide line markers on each side of trench if wider than 16".
3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION
A.
B.
105134
Wire Color Coding:
1. 120/208-volt system, "A" phase - black, "B" phase -red, "C" phase - blue, neutral - white, and
ground green.
2. 277/480-volt system, "A" phase - brown, "B" phase - purple, "C" phase - yellow, neutral gray, and ground - green.
Maintain A, B, C, phase relation left to right or top to bottom when viewed from front. Maintain
color-coding throughout entire project.
16195-1 of 2
Electrical Identification
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
Conductors #10 and smaller shall have a continuous outer factory finish, meeting the requirements
of 16195-3.2a. NEC 310-12 shall be met for neutrals and equipment grounding conductors.
3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE (EXAMPLE)
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
C.
F.
Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below.
Panelboards, Switchboards and Motor Control Centers: ½"; identify equipment designation. ¼";
identify voltage rating.
Individual Circuit Breakers, Switches, and Motor Starters, Switchboards, and Motor Control
Centers: ⅜"; identify circuit and load served, including location.
Safety Switches, Enclosed Switches, and Motor Starters: ¼"; identify load served.
Transformers: ⅜" identify equipment designation. ¼"; identify primary and secondary voltages.
Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures: ⅜"; identify equipment designation.
System Terminal Cabinets: ⅜", identify equipment designation.
Switches Not Within Sight of the Equipment or Light(s) Controlled: ⅛", identify load served.
3.4 BOX COLOR CODING SCHEDULE (EXAMPLE)
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Paint junction box and cover in the following manner:
1. Emergency power - red.
2. Fire alarm - orange.
3. Optional Standby Power - green.
4. Intercom system - blue.
5. Security system - black.
6. ITV system - brown.
7. Data and Telephone systems - yellow.
8. AC and EMS controls - purple.
9. Video Surveillance system - Gold
10. Card Access system - Tan
In exposed finished painted areas, occupied by students, identify junction box with ½" diameter
self-adhesive colored dot (same as in 16195-3.4 A) instead of painting.
For junction boxes above suspended ceilings, install ½" diameter self-adhesive colored dot (same as
in 16195-3.4 A) on ceiling "T" bar below each junction box to show location.
Paint emergency power panels and disconnect switches, red.
Hand holes: Paint interior of hand holes to match color in Section 16195-3.4 (A).
3.5 LIGHTING AND POWER JUNCTION BOX IDENTIFICATION
A.
B.
Permanently identify lighting and power junction box covers with circuit and panel board number
on the outside.
In exposed finished student occupied areas, place circuit and panel board number on inside of cover.
3.6 PANEL DIRECTORY
A.
Shall be typewritten, indicate specific and clear area of control, using official school district room
numbers, and be protected by a plastic covering.
END OF SECTION
105134
16195-2 of 2
Electrical Identification
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16450
GROUNDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED:
A.
B.
C.
Power system grounding.
Communication system grounding.
Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to metallic water service
and to all available grounding electrodes.
Ground each separately-derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded metallic water pipe
or nearest effectively grounded building structural steel member.
Provide communications system-grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect to
nearest effectively grounded metallic water pipe or nearest effectively grounded building structural
steel member.
Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal
parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways, receptacle
and switch ground connectors, and plumbing systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300.
Indicate location of system grounding electrode connections, and routing of grounding electrode
conductor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.
B.
Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, ⅝" diameter, minimum length 10'.
Bonding Bushings: Steel lay-in type.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
105134
Provide a separate, insulated equipment-grounding conductor in feeder, branch circuit or grounded
control circuit conduit(s). This bonding conductor shall be continuous through raceway system
from main switch ground bus to panelboard ground bus and to each branch circuit outlet or switch,
using terminal bars, screws, lugs, expressly designed for that purpose. Raceways and metal
enclosures shall not be used for ground path.
Connect grounding electrode conductors to metal water pipe using a suitable ground clamp.
16450-1 of 2
Grounding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
C.
D.
E.
F.
Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use driven ground rod in main service equipment area. Use
effectively grounded metal frame of the building. Use minimum of 20' bare copper wire embedded
in concrete foundation.
Use minimum 6 AWG copper conductors for communications service grounding conductor.
Exothermic weld (Cadweld) all ground wire to ground rod connections.
Separate buildings or buildings connected by a breezeway shall have main feeder(s) grounding
conductor(s) connected to all of the available grounding electrodes of that structure.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper
installation.
Measure ground rod resistance when not connected to electrode conductor, using suitable ground
testing equipment. Resistance shall not exceed 25 ohms. Extend depth of rod until minimum
resistance is met. Test is to be observed by the Electrical Engineer and Owner.
END OF SECTION
105134
16450-2 of 2
Grounding
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16461
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
Two winding transformers.
Two-winding transformers rated for nonlinear loads.
Shielded Transformers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
NEMA ST 1 - Specialty Transformers.
NEMA ST 20 - Dry Type Transformers for General Applications.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A.
B.
C.
D.
Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals.
Product Data: Provide outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories, unit
weight, voltage, KVA, and impedance ratings and characteristics, tap configurations, insulation
system type, and rated temperature rise.
Test Reports: Indicate loss data, efficiency at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated load, and sound
level.
Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions and limitations of
use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include
instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Life only with lugs provided for that
purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and
finish.
PART 3 PRODUCTS
2.1 TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Manufacturers:
1. Square D.
2. Cutler Hammer.
3. General Electric.
Description: NEMA ST 20, factory-assembled, air-cooled, dry type transformers, shown on the
drawings.
Primary Voltage: 480 volts, 3 phase.
Secondary Voltage: 208/120 volts, 3 phase.
16461-1 of 3
Dry Type Transformers
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated KVA as follows:
1. 1-15 KVA: Class 185 with 115°C rise.
2. 16-500 KVA: Class 150 with 80°C rise.
F. Case temperature: Do not exceed 35°C rise above ambient at warmest point at full load.
G. Winding Taps:
1. Transformers less than 15 KVA: Two-5% below rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary
winding.
2. Transformers 15 KVA and Larger: NEMA ST 20.
H. Sound Levels: Maximum sound levels are as follows:
1. 1-5 KVA:
40 dB.
2. 6-25 KVA:
45 dB.
3. 26-150 KVA:
50 dB.
4. 151-225 KVA:
55 dB.
5. 226-300 KVA:
55 dB.
6. 301-500 KVA:
60 dB.
I. Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV for transformers less than 300 KVA, 30 kV for transformers 300 KVA
and larger.
J. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper-grounding strap.
K. Mounting:
1. 1-15 KVA: Suitable for wall mounting.
2. 16-75 KVA: Suitable for wall, floor, or trapeze mounting.
3. Larger than 75 KVA: Suitable for floor or trapeze mounting.
L. Coil Conductor: Continuous windings with terminations brazed or welded.
M. Enclosure: NEMA ST 20, Type 1 or Type 3R, ventilated or non-ventilated.
N. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts.
O. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable
temperature rise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Set transformer plumb and level.
Use flexible conduit, under the provisions of Section 16111, 2' minimum length, for connections to
transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure.
Mount wall-mounted transformers using integral flanges or accessory brackets furnished by the
manufacturer.
Mount floor-mounted transformers on vibration isolating pads suitable for isolating the transformer
noise from the building structure.
Mount trapeze-mounted transformers as indicated.
Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 16450.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer.
Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments.
Provide disconnecting means, for the primary, adjacent to power transformer.
Provide power transformers with a grounding bar attached to the enclosure for all grounding
conductors.
16461-2 of 3
Dry Type Transformers
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
END OF SECTION
105134
16461-3 of 3
Dry Type Transformers
District Master Specs 2003 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16470
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
Service and distribution panel boards.
Lighting and appliance branch circuit panel boards.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit and Service.
FS W-F-870 - Fuse holders (For Plug and Enclosed Fuses).
FS W-P-115 - Power Distribution Panel.
FS W-S-865 - Enclosed Knife Switch
NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches.
NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards.
NEMA PB 1.1 - Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated
600 Volts or less.
NEMA PB 1.2 - Application Guide for Ground-fault Protective Devices for Equipment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Submit shop drawings for equipment and component devices under provisions of Section 01300.
Include outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit
ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES - PANELBOARDS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Square D.
General Electric.
Cutler Hammer.
Siemens/ITE.
Westinghouse
2.2 MAIN AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Panelboards: NEMA PB 1; circuit breaker type, fusible switch type.
Enclosure: NEMA PB 1; Type as required to meet conditions of installation unless indicated on the
Drawings.
Provide flush lock in hinged door(s). Covers to be finished in manufacturer's standard enamel color.
Provide panel boards with copper bus, ratings as scheduled on Drawings. Provide copper ground
bus in all panel boards.
Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 208 volt panel
boards; 14,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panel boards, or as shown on Drawings.
16470-1 of 3
Panelboards
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife
switch with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch
in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class R
fuses, type as specified.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1; provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and
instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air
conditioning equipment branch circuits.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Current Limiters: NEMA AB 1; provide circuit breakers with
replaceable current limiting elements, in addition to integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip
in each pole.
Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers; NEMA AB 1; provide circuit breakers with
integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with automatically
resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Interrupting rating 100,000 symmetrical amperes,
let-through current and energy level less than permitted for same size Class RK-5 fuse.
Breakers to have bolted bus connections.
2.2 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: NEMA PB1; circuit breaker type.
Enclosure: NEMA PB 1; Type 1 or Type 3R.
Provide applicable cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge and flush lock all
keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard enamel.
Provide panel boards with copper bus, ratings as scheduled on Drawings. Provide copper ground
bus in all panel boards.
Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 208 volt panel
boards; 14,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panel boards, or as shown on Drawings.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1; bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers,
with common trip handle for all poles.
Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1; provide bolt-on type circuit
breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with
automatically resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Interrupting rating 100,000
symmetrical amperes, let-through current and energy level less than permitted for same size Class
RK-5 fuse.
Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
Use full width, breakers.
Breakers for kitchen equipment shall have permanent padlock breaker locks.
Provide a neutral conductor to every panel board.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Install panel boards plumb and flush with wall finishes where recessed, in conformance with
NEMA PB 1.1.
Height: 6' maximum.
Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panel boards.
Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panel board. Revise directory to reflect
circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.
16470-2 of 3
Panelboards
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E.
Provide two– 1" spare conduits from recessed and one 1" spare conduit from surface panel boards
into the closest suspended acoustical ceiling.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
Measure steady state load currents at each panel board feeder. Should the difference at any panel
board between phases exceed 15%, rearrange circuits in the panel board to balance the phase loads
within 15%. Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.
Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and
grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible
switches, and fuses.
END OF SECTION
105134
16470-3 of 3
Panelboards
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Fire alarm and smoke detection systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.
B.
NFPA 72
NFPA 101
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
C.
System: UL listed.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 101.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 72.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Fire Alarm System: Non-coded, supervised, electrically impulse, manually operated fire alarm
system.
Additions to a system: U.L. listed for use with the existing system manufacturer's control panel.
System Supervision: Provide electrically supervised system, with supervised alarm initiating and
alarm signaling circuits. Occurrence of single ground or open condition in initiating or signaling
circuit places circuit in TROUBLE mode. Component or power supply failure places system in
TROUBLE mode. Occurrence of single ground or open condition on alarm initiating circuit does
not disable that circuit from transmitting in ALARM. Occurrence of single ground or open
condition on signaling circuit does not disable that circuit from transmitting in ALARM.
Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of manual fire alarm station or automatic initiating device
causes system to enter ALARM, which includes the following operations:
1. Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with non-coded march time signal.
2. Transmit non-coded signal to remote security monitoring equipment.
3. Indicate location of device that is in alarm on fire alarm control panel and the alarm zone on
remote annunciator panel.
4. Transmit signals to building elevator control panel to initiate return to main floor or alternate
floor.
5. Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and damper
operation.
6. Transmit signal to release door hold-open devices.
7. Activate the intercom’s emergency siren tone.
8. Transmit signal to all gas valve shutoff devices, and other auxiliary equipment.
9. Accomplish all incidental functions required by NFPA 72 and NFPA 101.
Alarm Reset: Key-accessible RESET function resets alarm system out of ALARM if alarminitiating circuits have cleared.
Trouble Sequence of Operation: System trouble, including grounding or open circuit of supervised
circuits, or power or system failure causes system to enter TROUBLE mode, including the
following:
16721-1 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
1.
2.
3.
F.
G.
H.
Visual and audible trouble alarm by specific device at control panel.
Visual common trouble signal at annunciator panel.
Manual ACKNOWLEDGE function at control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual
alarm is displayed until initiating trouble is cleared.
4. Transmit common trouble signal to remote security monitor control.
Lamp Test: Manual LAMP TEST function causes alarm indication at each zone at fire alarm
control panel and at annunciator panel.
A connection to the chemical fire extinguisher system of the kitchen so that the auxiliary alarm
contacts of the extinguisher control initiates the fire alarm system.
Future circuit wiring a compliment of all the conductors needed for all types of initiation, signal and
auxiliary functions from the control panel to designated existing and future portable locations.
1. Terminated in the closest building terminal boxes to the future site.
2. Provide one extra initiation point or address for future feeds in the program.
3. Provide one extra notification circuit for future feeds in the program.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
B.
Manufacturer: Allowable fire alarm systems are: "Simplex Model 4100U", "Notifier Models: AFP200, AFP-300, AFP-400, AFP-1010, AM2020, and Onyx 3030" NFS2-3030, “Edwards Systems
Technology EST3” or "Cerberus Pyrotronics Model MXL". Vendor must be capable of providing
local training and service support to SDPBC fire alarm personnel. The fire alarm control panel shall
be of a type previously installed in SDPBC and operating satisfactorily for at least three-years,
unless SDPBC grants in writing an exception. The new system shall be configured in a network /
node configuration utilizing fiber optic backbone wiring between each building’s individual control
panel and the campus control panel as indicated on the drawings.
Installer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five years
experience, certified by the State of Florida's Licensing Board as fire alarm installing contractor in
Palm Beach County. Proof of appropriate certification and registration is required.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
105134
Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300.
Provide wiring diagrams, data sheets, and equipment ratings, layout, dimensions, and finishes.
Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300.
Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that system meets or exceeds
specified requirements.
Contractor shall provide project phasing/sequencing plan for owner review and approval, prior to
commencement of the work. Phasing/sequencing shall include durations for all tasks including
inspections, testing, and verification of system operation, TCO.
Contactor shall arrange for a pre-construction meeting / testing of the fire alarm system prior to
beginning work. Meeting / testing shall be witnessed by the contractor’s representative and the
district’s representative to verify the existing status of the fire alarm system. Failure to execute the
pre-construction meeting / testing and associated Pre-Construction Agreement (see Part 3; sample
form) shall constitute the contractor accepting full responsibility of the system as being fully
operational. All systems shall be fully operation prior to substantial completion of each phase of the
project.
The fire alarm shop will require a 24-hour notice prior to the start of each phase to dispatch a
technician to meet with the contractor on the job site and jointly establish the status of the fire alarm
panel at the start of the project and start of each phase, problems which appear later that were not
there at the start of the project must be fixed by the contractor.
16721-2 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
H.
Contractor shall submit an inspection and testing schedule with all documentation described in Part
3 Manufacturer’s Field Services for each phase of the project seeking TCO. Schedule shall be used
by owner for notification of inspection services by the districts fire alarm department.
1.7 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
B.
Submit documents under the provisions of Section 01700.
Provide accurately indicated locations of terminal boxes, junction boxes and all peripheral devices
as well as the conduit run and point to point connection diagrams on disk in "AutoCAD" file format,
with layers as specified by the School District’s F/I/R Department.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A.
B.
C.
Submit data under provision of Sections 01700 and 01730.
Include operating instructions, and maintenance and repair procedures.
Include manufacturer representative's letter stating that system has been inspected, tested and is
certified as fully operational as specified by NFPA 72.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
B.
1.10
Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
1.11
Provide spare parts under provisions of Section 01700.
Provide twelve keys of each type.
Provide additional devices for each of the following components, equal to 10% of the total number
installed:Provide five smoke detectors.
1. Pull stations
2. Smoke detectors
3. Heat detectors
4. Duct detectors
5. Control relays.
ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCE
A.
105134
Provide in the bid price, an allowance for the following additional devices. Include the cost
for programming, as-built documentation, 100’ of conduit and additional conductors required
for each type of device:
(10) Horn/strobe units.
1.
(10) Pull stations.
2.
(10) Smoke detectors.
3.
(5) Duct smoke detectors with remote test switch/indicator.
4.
(5) Control relays.
5.
16721-3 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ADDITIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS NOT REQUIRING A NEW CONTROL PANEL
A.
B.
C.
D.
All products except smoke and duct detectors shall match the existing system exactly.
In lieu of an exact match, products compatible to the existing system will be accepted only with
documentation from the control system manufacturer's authorized representative, stating
compatibility as well as UL cross listing.
In additions and renovations where fire alarm system is upgraded, all the fire alarm devices
including the fire alarm devices in the relocatables shall be compatible with the upgraded fire alarm
system.
Bidder shall visit the site and verify all existing conditions, and shall include in his bid all the work
necessary for a fully functional fire alarm system.
2.2 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANEL
A.
Control Panel: The campus control panel shall provide power, annunciation, supervision and
control for the detection and alarm system. The control panel shall be modular in construction, and
contain all modules necessary to operate according with this section.
1. Voice Alarm: Provide and install a new voice alarm panel. System shall be capable of
distributing voice messages throughout the buildings specified on the drawings (i.e. Gym,
Auditorium, Cafeteria) via an audio amplifier and fire alarm speakers. Provide the following
features:
a. Multiplexed audio wiring.
b. Distributed audio.
c. Pre-recorded evacuation message using solid-state electronics. May provide different
message or tones based on events.
d. Remote All-Call page option.
e. Medium system capacity.
f. Multiple channel capability for up to 4 audio channels.
g. Style Y or Style Z speaker circuit operation.
h. Speaker and telephone on/off manual switches with custom labels.
i. 30 watt and 120 watt audio amplifiers with switch-mode power supplies.
j. Field configurable and programmable.
k. Field recorded message option.
l. Zone-coded voice options.
2.
3.
105134
Audio Amplifier: Provides up to 120 watts of 25 VRMS audio power, low-power standby
mode for low battery drain, high-efficiency switched regulation, plug-in terminal strips and
cable connectors, 10-position level adjust and indicator L.E.D.’s, and includes a built-in
automatic tone generator (slow whoop on high/low).
The detection system shall remain 100% operational and capable of responding to an alarm
condition while in the routine maintenance mode. The system shall be capable of having the
entire total number of detection devices in alarm at the same time, without any loss of function.
The control panel shall be capable of supporting non-addressable as well as addressable
detection devices. The panel annunciator shall be at a minimum, 32 character alphanumeric
display, which shall provide an optional user definable message associated with each detection
device or zone.
16721-4 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
4.
Supervision of system electronics, wiring, devices and software shall be provided by the
control system. Failure of system hardware or wiring shall be monitored by an independent
hardware watchdog, which will indicate their failure. The system shall provide failsafe
operation, i.e. incoming alarms shall automatically override all other modes of operation, and
the panel shall automatically return to normal operating mode from any operator initiated
mode. Ground fault detection shall be provided for all initiating and audible circuits.
5. Lamp test capability shall be provided to test all visual panel indicators and associated
software. Provisions shall be made for remote trouble and remote alarm silencing switches.
The control panel shall be equipped with a silence before reset feature, designed to prevent
accidental system reset during an alarm condition.
6. The system alarm lamp shall flash upon receipt of any alarm condition. Acknowledgement of
the alarm by operation of the silence switch shall silence the audible alarm and cause the alarm
lamp to light steadily. Receipt of subsequent alarms shall cause the audible devices to resound
and the alarm lamp to flash.
7. The system trouble lamp shall flash and an integral trouble buzzer shall sound upon the
occurrence of any trouble condition. Acknowledgement of the trouble condition by operation
of the silence switch shall silence the audible alarm and cause the trouble lamp to light steadily.
Receipt of subsequent troubles shall cause the trouble buzzer to resound and the trouble lamp
to flash.
8. Individual input and output device addressability shall all be performed on the same pair of
wires. The system shall be capable of having all addressable devices in alarm simultaneously.
9. The service mode shall permit the arming and disarming of individual input or output devices
as well as manually operating output devices. One step function switches will be provided to
allow the disarming & arming of groups of inputs or outputs, according to the grouping
requirements of the School District. The status of these devices shall be displayed upon
command from the control panel. The panel shall automatically return to normal mode in the
event the panel remains unattended in the service mode for more than four hours. The panel
shall be capable of receiving and processing alarms even when in the service mode.
10. The control shall operate from a three-wire 120 VA supply and internal 24V back-up battery.
All power connections whether AC or DC shall be separately fused within the control. Light
emitting diodes (LED's) shall be included to indicate (green) system power, (yellow) trouble,
and (red) alarm; trouble and alarm shall also be annunciated on an alphanumeric display,
which will give device number and location plus diagnosis of trouble. Momentary contact
switches shall provide for Locate, Next Alarm, Next Trouble, Acknowledge/Silence and Reset.
An audible device shall sound within the control for alarm or trouble. This device shall have
two distinct sounds, and shall be silenceable by the acknowledge/silence switch. Alarms shall
override any trouble condition.
11. The control CPU and power supply shall be capable of powering up to 960 addressable early
warning detectors and up to 960 addressable auxiliary relays. All system expansion modules
shall interconnect through a card edge connector and shall require no inter-module wiring. The
control shall be capable of measuring and adjusting the sensitivity of detectors. An
alphanumeric display shall be provided to display custom messages and give readings of
detector sensitivity, detector by detector. Each device on an addressable initiating circuit shall
be checked continuously to include the following: sensitivity, response, opens, shorts, ground
faults, functionality and status. The control shall report the failure of a device's transmitting
component(s), open or shorted, on an addressable initiating circuit. The device shall be
recognized and identified by location with the circuit to the specific device, and all other
devices shall continue to function properly.
12. The control shall report, by specific device number, any device removed from an addressable
initiating circuit and all other devices shall continue to function.
105134
16721-5 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
105134
13. The control shall allow changing the status of configured circuits (arming or disarming and
changing status of relays). If any change in status degrades system operation as configured, a
trouble condition shall be reported and remain until system operation again meets configured
status.
14. FACP shall include the necessary hardware and software to provide remote access via an
Internet/Intranet Interface. The Internet Interface shall provide an alternative access to system
information using the familiar interface of a standard Internet browser. Remotely located
authorized personnel can use this access to analyze control panel status during non-alarm
conditions and can also use this information to assist responder during alarm conditions. The
Internet Interface shall provide single user access for multi-user accounts each with separate
password, provide programmable lockout to prevent excessive log-in attempts by unauthorized
users, and provide a built-in e-mail feature that will automatically notify user accounts of
individually selected status changes (i.e. Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, Sensor Sensitivity
Status, and Historical Logs, for the same, on demand or via a selectable schedule-weekly, biweekly, or monthly).
15. The control shall support a printer. This printer shall be used for permanent hardcopy retrieval
of system events.
15. The control shall allow for expansion and shall also be configurable without system interwiring. Leave 20%10% of points or addresses on each mapnet (addressable initiating) loop
available for future additions on fire alarm system.
16. The manufacturer shall provide all system software, configuration software, training, licensing
and required certification that is necessary in order to allow the SDPBC Fire Alarm Shop to
perform their own modifications, additions and deletions to the fire alarm system.
17. The system shall have capability to provide a Level III access to view all past trouble and
alarm events on site.
18. The system shall be capable of providing a hardcopy written record of all alarms, troubles, and
system activity by means of full carriage width terminal to print detection device designations
and location messages on a single line of up to 128 characters wherein 32 are reserved for
device or zone custom identification. Printer is not required.
19. New unacknowledged alarms and troubles shall be distinctively displayed on both the visual
display and the printer and differentiated from previous alarm and troubles.
20. The system shall automatically indicate the total quantity of alarms and of troubles, which have
occurred prior to reset at the control unit.
21. No alarm or trouble indication shall be re-settable until it has been acknowledged. It shall not
be possible to reset the system until all alarms have been acknowledged.
22. It shall be possible to display up to 250 127 alarms and up to 250 127 trouble indications, one
at a time, on the digital annunciator.and as a list on a printer The printer or digital annunciator
shall be capable of listing, upon request:
a. Alarms with time, date and location.
b. Troubles with time, date and location.
c. Status of output functions, "on" or "off".
d. Sensitivity of addressable smoke detectors.
e. Device number, type and location.
f. Status of remote relays, "on" or "off".
23. The fire alarm system's programmed database of initiation devices shall be "hard burned"
(stored in permanent memory) not reliant on a power source of any form.
Printer Terminal: System printer/with keyboard terminal to provide system control and hardcopy
retrieval of alarm conditions, detector sensitivity changes, hazardous conditions and other vital
statistics. Terminal shall provide system control of the panel switches.
16721-6 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
105134
Power Supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciator(s),
door holders, smoke dampers, relays, and alarm signaling devices and 20% spare capacity.
The system shall be connected to the life safety branch of emergency generator. The system shall
have battery back up. Batteries shall be sized to provide 24-hours of standby operation followed by
five-minutes of alarm. A dual rate battery charger shall be provided which is capable of recharging
the batteries to 80% capacity in 12-hours. Loss of commercial power shall be annunciated as a
system trouble. System trouble shall be indicated for over or under voltage conditions, blown fuse
or disconnected batteries. The system shall visually and audibly indicate operation from standby
power. The system shall automatically restart upon the return of power.
1. In buildings where remote power supplies are indicated to be connected to normal power (due
to 120v life safety power being unavailable in the building), the power supply shall be
provided with a minimum 10.0 amp/hour battery to provide 60 hours of standby power, and 15
minutes of ‘ring time’ during an alarm event.
Detection Circuits:
1. Addressable device input supervisory modules capable of Class A or Class B supervision.
Class B is allowed with the following conditions:
a. No more than twenty five (25) devices on one (1) circuit.
b. The end line resistors shall be located in the fire alarm terminal cabinets.
c. Any construction on an active campus requires hand excavation in locations within 10feet of any known or suspected location of utility or wiring.
d. For Class A fire alarm system, the minimum separation between the outgoing and return
conduits shall be 4-feet where the conduits are installed horizontally and 1-foot where the
conduits are installed vertically.
2. Addressable devices shall be monitored, each device uniquely identifiable.
3. Capable of supporting non-addressable initiating devices through installation of additional
modules.
4. Sized and programmed, suitable for all initiating devices connected to the system and an
additional 100 possible future expansion devices.
Signal Circuits:
1. Supervised march time signal modules, sufficient for signal devices connected to system and
two additional unused circuits, tested, installed and programmed for future expansion.
2. All shall be designed for use with audible circuit operation with Class A or Class B
supervision. Class B is allowed with the following conditions:
a. No more than twenty five (25) devices on one (1) circuit.
b. The end line resistors shall be located in the fire alarm terminal cabinets.
c. Any construction on an active campus requires hand excavation in locations within 10feet of any known or suspected location of utility or wiring.
d. For Class A fire alarm system, the minimum separation between the outgoing and return
conduits shall be 4-feet where the conduits are installed horizontally and 1-foot where the
conduits are installed vertically.
Remote Station Outputs: Provide a self-restoring relay to output common trouble conditions and a
re-settable relay to output common alarm conditions to the Owner's security interface equipment.
Auxiliary Relays: Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts to provide accessory functions
specified. . Provide a separate silencible relay to output a common alarm condition to the Owner’s
intercommunication’s system.
Provide one step, panel mounted RECALL switch.
Do not provide panel with DRILL switches.
Building control panels shall serve as the main panel for the building and be able to act in a standalone fashion to implement alarm, monitoring, and control functions in the event communication to
16721-7 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
K.
the campus control panel is lost. Point capacity types shall be similar to the campus control panel,
250 point min. for each type.
Supervised booster panels, or remote power supplies may be used to power and supervise the
notification appliance circuits. Install Manufacturer recommended transient absorption devices at
booster panels. Remote booster panels or remote power supplies shall be installed in electrical
rooms or mechanical rooms. Fire alarm system equipment shall not be installed in locations that are
not readily accessible. Booster panels and remote power supplies shall be connected to the life
safety branch of generator.
2.3 INITIATING DEVICES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
D.
E.
F.
105134
Manual Station: Semi-flush mounted, double action manual station equipped with an addressable
interface module that interfaces the manual station and the addressable initiating circuit. It shall be
field programmable. The double action product shall not be of the type, which uses disposable
components, (i.e.: break glass).
1. All manual pull stations shall be provided with a tamperproof shield to cover the entire device.
a. Unit shall be UV stabilized clear polycarbonate.
b. Shall contain a 105dB self-contained alarm with battery.
c. Device shall be UL listed and FM approved.
d. Shall fit all makes of pull stations.
e. Product shall be equal to STI “Stopper II”, #STI-1100.
Heat Detectors: NFPA 72; Combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature, rated 135°F and
temperature rate of rise of 15°F or 190°F (fixed only), as specified. Addressable and controlled by
the system control panel. Each detector to be uniquely identifiable and be field programmed.
Calibration and device identification monitored by the system control panel. Heat detectors shall be
self-restoring type.
Ceiling Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72; Addressable detector that is controlled by the system
control panel. Photoelectric type with adjustable sensitivity, removable from base, auxiliary relay
contact, and visual indication of detector actuation, suitable for mounting on 4" (100 mm) outlet
box. Each detector shall be uniquely identifiable and can be field programmed. The system control
panel shall monitor calibration, device identification and sensitivity. The sensitivity controlled by
and reading received by the system control panel upon request.
Exceptions:
In Additions to Existing Systems, where the control panel is a non-addressable type: The ceiling
mounted smoke detectors shall be compatible to the existing system and the smoke detector shall be
removable from its base. The base shall accommodate both ionization and photoelectric type area
smoke detectors.
Duct Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72; Photoelectric type with auxiliary SPDT relay contact,
duct sampling tubes extending width of duct, and visual indication of detector actuation, in ductmounted housing.
1. Provide remote test station with key switch and red LED status indicator.
a. Wire the remote test station to the duct smoke detector via remote relay.
b. Mount remote test stations 48” AFF.
c. Group all remote test stations at one place inside the mechanical room.
The sensitivity controlled by and reading received by the system control panel upon request.
In Additions to Existing Systems where the control panel is a non-addressable type the duct detector
must be compatible with the existing system and the housing shall be molded plastic.
1. An integral filter system shall be included to reduce dust and residue effects on the detector
and housing.
16721-8 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
2.
3.
4.
Sampling tubes shall be easily installed after the housing is mounted to the duct by passing
through the duct housing.
The smoke detector shall be removable from the base and the base shall accommodate either
ionization or photoelectric smoke detectors.
The unit shall also accommodate a remote key operated test switch with visual remote
indicator.
2.4 NOTIFICATION DEVICES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Alarm Lights: NFPA 72; strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered FIRE on white lens. 2 – 3 (flash
rate) per second.
Alarm Horn: NFPA 72; flush type with wall trim plate (interior-gypsum wall), surface type
(interior – masonry wall and exterior), fire alarm horn. Sound rating: 87db at 10’ (3m). as
designated, provide additional integral strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered FIRE on white lens.
Weatherproof Remote Annunciator: Provide supervised remote annunciator including visual
indication of fire alarm by device type (Manual pull stations - Green), (Heat, Smoke and Duct
detectors - (Red), (Sprinkler Flow - Yellow), (Sprinkler Tamper - Orange). Provide visual indication
of common system trouble. Install in flush wall-mounted weatherproof enclosure a 24" x 30"
graphic depiction of buildings with LED drivers. The graphic layout shall depict the building layout
orientation exactly as viewed in the location where it is mounted. Map shall be capable of being
read from a distance of 10' Include an arrow on map to indicate north. Install a light, approved by
architect, over the exterior annunciator. Remote annunciator should be located under a covered area.
1. When additions are done to existing systems, the annunciator zone maps shall be updated to
include the new or remodeled buildings.
2. Location of facility’s main electrical service disconnect switches, normal and emergency, shall
be indicated on the annunciator panel.
Remote smoke detector alarm lamp assembly: flush mounted with red LED to indicate remote
(above ceiling or obscured from normal view) detectors alarm status. Normal-off, alarm-on.
Voice Speaker: NFPA 72; Physical characteristics similar to alarm horn. Speaker to be UL listed to
operate in conjunction with the fire alarm control panel. Audio indication shall produce an audible
message to produce an audible signal 15 db above ambient noise.
2.5 AUXILIARY DEVICES
A.
B.
C.
Door Release: Door closer as specified in Section 08721.
Magnetic door holder with integral diodes to reduce buzzing, 24 VAC coil voltage.
Armature shall be mounted with bolts extending through the entire depth of the door, (through
bolted).
2.6 SYSTEM RACEWAY
A.
B.
C.
D.
105134
Install all raceway necessary to provide specified equipment function and per print sheets as under
the provisions of Sections 16111, 16130, 16160 and 16195.
Install flexible weather tight conduit to duct detectors.
Install an 24" x 24" x 6" minimum size cabinet with hinged and lockable cover and with internal
wood backboard and screw type terminals in point of entry room to each building. All wiring shall
terminate through the terminal strips, one wire per connector screw. All ends of line devices
(resistors) shall be mounted in these cabinets.
Install a 36" x 36" x 6" minimum size cabinet with hinged, lockable cover, wood backboard and
terminal strips located on the same or adjacent wall as the main fire alarm control. All system field
16721-9 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
wiring shall terminate through terminal connections in this cabinet. Use one wire per connector
screw.
Conduit at each terminal cabinet shall be labeled as to its destination. (Building number),
(Direction), (Interior or Exterior).
Install a 10-foot driven ground rod at each building entry terminal box location. Provide grounding
bar in every box and bond to the ground rod with solid #8 minimum wire. Grounding bar buss is to
be used as earth potential for the installed transient protection devices.
All fire alarm terminal boxes, panels and relay enclosures shall be permanently labeled (Fire
Alarm).
All fire alarm junction box covers shall be painted orange and an orange round dot shall be installed
on the ceiling tile grid below all fire alarm junction boxes and equipment located above the ceiling.
All conduit connections to terminal cabinets and control cabinet shall have grounding bushings
installed.
Use rigid steel conduit for underground fire alarm system wiring. Provide a recessed mounted 4" x
4" x 1/0 junction box with flush single gang stainless steel cover with hole in the middle to install a
four conductor twisted shielded cable for the fire alarm printer. Extend conduit from junction box
to the fire alarm control panel. Wire printer complete to the fire alarm system. The School District
prior to rough in shall approve location of the fire alarm printer.
Raceway shall not exceed 400' without a pull box.
Maximum Number of conductors in a conduit shall not exceed 40%.
2.7 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
105134
Fire Alarm Power Branch Circuits: Building wire as specified in Section 16123.
Initiating Circuits and Auxiliary Control: Building wire as specified in Section 1612316120. Nonpower limited fire-protective signaling cable, copper conductor, Class 1, 600 volt insulation and
Article 760 of NEC Power limited circuits, Constructed in accordance with articles 318, 340, 500 &
501 of NEC. Passing VW-1 Vertical Flame Test. If stranded, maximum of seven strands.
Signal Circuits, Door Holder and Annunciator point wiring: Building wire as specified in section
1612316120, 600 volt insulation, Type THWN stranded (maximum of 19 strands), and in
accordance with NEC 310.
Each separate circuit, initiation, signal and auxiliary shall have a specific number. Label each
conductor by this circuit number at the control connections and at each terminal connection in the
terminal boxes.
A grounding conductor shall be installed through the entire conduit system and bonded to each
device, junction box, terminal box, conduit grounding bushing and control panel.
Wiring between campus and building control panels shall be via fiber optic cabling. FO cable shall
meet the manufacturer’s recommendations and be provided with 100% spare strands in the cable.
Cabling, including spares, shall be terminated and tested per manufacturer’s recommendations.
1. Provide lockable fiber optic terminations (FOT) cabinet above each and every building and
campus fire alarm control panel. Connection from FOT to FACP shall be done via fiber optic
patch cords.
16721-10 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
G.
‘Aqua-Seal’ type cabling is required for all underground fire alarm wiring.
2.8 SURGE SUPPRESSION
A. Provide surge protection devices on all copper wires that enter and leave the fire alarm control panels
and the fire alarm booster panels.
1. Provide surge protection devices on all 120-volt power circuits serving the fire alarm control
panels and the fire alarm booster panels.
2. Provide a dedicated cabinet to house the surge protection devices; provide a 10 feet ground rod
within 10 feet of the surge suppression devices cabinet.
3. If conductors leave the building install a surge suppressor.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
105134
Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Install manual station with operating handle 48" AFF. Install audible and visual signal devices 80"
AFF or 6" below ceiling, whichever is lower.
All terminal connections in terminal cabinets and in equipment shall be made using solder less
block spade connectors suitable for use with the wire gauge and screw terminal applied to. Soldered
when used with solid wire.
Mount end-of-line devices (resistors) in the building terminal cabinet nearest the circuit.
Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds (36.3 kg) pulling force. Wall
magnet mounting boxes shall have solid backing support behind.
Make conduit and wiring connections to door release devices, sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler
valve tamper switches, fire suppression system control panels, duct smoke detectors and all other
specified peripherals.
Automatic detector installation shall comply with NFPA 72.
Duct access panels shall be installed at all locations where sampling tubes are installed.
Fire Alarm equipment mounting boxes shall house only the wiring pertinent to the equipment
mounted on the box and are not to be used as junction points or run through pathways.
All exterior equipment, mounting boxes and junction boxes shall be installed with all precautions
necessary to insure the wiring and equipment being "weatherproof".
In additions to existing systems and new systems utilizing a partial (by building) implementation
scheme, the contractor shall phase the contract with the concurrence of the Owner; to assure that the
minimum amount of manipulation events occur to the existing fire alarm system. All modifications
and additions to the existing fire alarm panel or circuits shall be scheduled in advance with the
concurrence of the Owner, in order to allow them to observe the code required re-acceptance
inspection. The contractor is responsible for obtaining the services of the existing fire alarm
system’s vendor in order to reprogram, rewire, or provide additional hardware/software, as required
to implement partial (by building) implementation / phasing throughout the entire construction
project to maintain complete coverage. Contractor shall make provisions necessary to retain fire
alarm coverage by the existing FACP of the area tested in the event the new system testing is not
accepted. A firewatch shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, in the event either system is nonfunctional or not accepted by the Owner for a period equal to or greater than 4-hours. Contractor
shall notify SDPBC personnel/Building Dept. in the event a fire watch is enacted.
Duct smoke detectors shall be installed within mechanical rooms at heights that are accessible for
service, usually no more than 20' AFF.
16721-11 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
M. Rigid steel conduit shall be used for underground fire alarm wiring in new construction and
renovations. Portable classrooms are excluded from this requirement.
N. Clean the inside of the terminal cabinets and other enclosures from wire cuts and other installation
debris.
O. All work shall occur with full facility occupancy. The existing system shall remain fully functional
throughout the duration of the project. Contractor shall maintain existing device(s) operation and
new device(s) operation and notification through existing panel and/or new panel, providing
temporary intercommunication between panels as may be required to accomplish same and until
Final Inspection/TCO of each phased area of work is received and old devices are removed from
operation and notification. Contractor shall also provide any temporary emergency services (i.e. fire
watch) as may be required and at no additional cost to owner should unforeseen conditions interrupt
the contractors required temporary communication between new and existing panels and device
notification to each. Any such temporary emergency services shall be for unanticipated and short
duration periods only, with prior authorization from the permitting agency having authority.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and additional owner requirements.
The equipment manufacturer's certified technician shall review and approve, (in order to assure
manufacturer's guidelines and NFPA requirements are met), the installation, adjustments, final
connections, and to provide system testing and field certification of the system.
3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
105134
Provide manufacturer's field services under provisions of Section 01400.
Include services of a qualifier/certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final
connections, and system testing and field service certification per NFPA 72.
The equipment installer and/or manufacturer as required by NFPA 72 shall prepare a certificate of
completion. Complete parts 1, 2, and 4 through 10 after installing the system and installation wiring
is checked. Complete part 3 after the operational acceptance tests are completed. Provide a filledout preliminary copy of the certificate to the Owner after the completion of the installation wiring
tests. Submit a final copy to the Owner, after completion of the operational acceptance tests.
After each re-acceptance test and after final acceptance testing, the Contractor shall provide the
Owner with completed NFPA 72 inspection and test forms, verifying that the system passes the
testing requirements of NFPA 72 (Chapter 107) and is thereby "operational".
Upon final acceptance of the systems, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with an operator's
manual, installation instructions covering all new system equipment, a hard copy and an AutoCAD
computer disk of the fire alarm system "As-Built" depicting architectural room along with fire alarm
device layout, fire alarm riser diagrams depicting point to point conduit runs with wiring counts,
wire gauge, wire color, and function noted on each conduit run, second copy of “as-builts” (fire
alarm) to the Fire Alarm shop.
16721-12 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
3.4 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODE
A.
105134
Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with color-coded insulation as follows:
1. Additions to Existing Systems.
a. Match existing gauges and color code, except for signal circuits. Signal circuits shall be
specified as for new systems.
b. If non-addressable devices are utilized, use Purple and Blue for initiation devices and
Pink (positive) and Grey (negative) for A/C shut down and gas shut down.
2. New Systems.
a. Initiating Device Circuit and field relay controls: 1 pair #18 gauge shielded Cable, Red
casing. SDPBC requires the initiating device circuits for underground installations to be
twisted/shielded cable. Initiating device circuits for the above ground installations shall be
twisted/shielded, if required by the equipment manufacturer.
b. Horn Circuit: #12 AWG Orange (positive), #12 AWG Brown (negative). For longer than
200’ wire run increase wire gauge to #10 for both conductors.
c. Strobe Circuit: #12 AWG Yellow (positive), #12 AWG Gray (negative). For longer than
200' wire run increase wire gauge to #10 for both conductors.
d. Door Release: #12 AWG Yellow (positive), #12 AWG blue (negative).
e. Annunciator Point Wiring: Power (#14 AWG Orange, positive. #14 AWG brown,
negative). Processor connection #18 AWG shielded pair.
f. Equipment Grounding Conductor: #12 AWG Green.
g. Spares: Provide 4 #10 AWG, White spare wires in each fire alarm system terminal
cabinet.
16721-13 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
The School District of Palm Beach County
Spanish River High School – Fire Alarm Replacement
SDPBC Project No.: 1681-9503
END OF SECTION
105134
16721-14 of 14
Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems
District Master Specs 2005 Edition
www.jlrdinc.com